1 /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 1999-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>,
4 based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor.
5 Largely rewritten by Alan Modra.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
20 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
24 /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at
25 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and
26 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */
28 /* The assembler should generate a full set of section symbols even
29 when they appear unused. The linux kernel build tool recordmcount
31 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS true
39 #include "elf/ppc64.h"
40 #include "elf64-ppc.h"
43 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
44 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
46 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc
47 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
48 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
49 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
50 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
51 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
52 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
53 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
55 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
56 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
57 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
58 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
59 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
60 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
61 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
62 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
63 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
64 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
65 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
66 static bfd_vma opd_entry_value
67 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, bool);
69 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec
70 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle"
71 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec
72 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc"
73 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
74 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA
75 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64
76 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
77 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
78 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto
80 #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0
81 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
82 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3
83 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
84 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
85 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
86 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
87 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
88 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
89 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
90 #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
92 #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject
93 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
94 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
95 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
96 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data
97 #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook
98 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create
99 #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
100 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms
101 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections
103 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p
104 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus
105 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo
106 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note
107 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
108 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
109 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook
110 #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs
111 #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed
112 #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup
113 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs
114 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
115 #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep
116 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref
117 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook
118 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
119 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol
120 #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym
121 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_edit
122 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
123 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol
124 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
125 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded
126 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section
127 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
128 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class
129 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
130 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook
131 #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections
132 #define elf_backend_section_flags ppc64_elf_section_flags
133 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute
134 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol
135 #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name
137 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
139 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
141 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
142 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8)
143 #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8)
145 /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */
146 #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16)
148 /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */
150 #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24)
151 /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the
152 CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub,
153 relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */
154 #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8)
156 /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */
157 #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000
158 /* TOC base alignment. */
159 #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256
161 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
162 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
163 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
165 /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but
166 sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to
167 insert an addi to adjust r11. */
168 #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */
169 #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */
170 #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */
171 #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */
172 #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */
173 #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */
174 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */
176 #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */
177 #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */
178 #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */
179 #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */
180 #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */
182 #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */
183 #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */
184 #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */
185 #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */
186 #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */
187 #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */
188 #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */
190 #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */
191 #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */
192 #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */
194 #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */
195 #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */
196 #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */
198 #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */
199 #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */
200 #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */
201 #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */
202 #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */
203 #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */
204 #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */
205 #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */
206 #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */
207 #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */
208 #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */
209 #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */
210 #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */
211 #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */
212 #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
213 #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */
214 #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL
215 #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL
216 #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL
218 /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in
219 R0 for ELFv1, and the address of a glink branch in R12 for ELFv2. */
220 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \
221 (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : htab->has_plt_localentry0 ? 14 * 4 : 13 * 4))
225 #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */
226 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */
228 #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */
229 /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */
230 #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */
231 #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */
238 #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */
239 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
240 #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */
241 #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */
242 #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */
243 #define LD_R0_0R11 0xe80b0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r11) */
244 #define ADD_R11_R0_R11 0x7d605a14 /* add %r11,%r0,%r11 */
247 #define NOP 0x60000000
249 /* Some other nops. */
250 #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82
251 #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82
253 /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */
254 #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */
255 #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */
257 /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by
259 #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */
260 #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */
262 /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */
263 #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */
264 #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */
265 #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */
266 #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */
267 #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
268 #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
269 #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */
270 #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
271 #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
272 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
273 #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */
275 /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up
276 with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to
277 propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to
278 relocate .opd without reloc entries. */
279 #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS
280 #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0
284 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
288 abiversion (bfd
*abfd
)
290 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
294 set_abiversion (bfd
*abfd
, int ver
)
296 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC64_ABI
;
297 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= ver
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
300 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
301 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
302 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
303 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
304 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
305 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
306 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
307 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
308 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
309 complain, special_func) \
310 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
311 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
312 #type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative)
314 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) R_PPC64_max
];
316 static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[] =
318 /* This reloc does nothing. */
319 HOW (R_PPC64_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
320 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
322 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
323 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
324 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
326 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
327 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
328 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, false, bitfield
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
332 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
336 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
337 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
339 /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */
340 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
341 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
343 /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16
344 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
345 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
348 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
349 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
350 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, false, signed,
351 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
353 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
354 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
355 bits must be zero. */
356 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, false, signed,
357 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
359 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
360 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
361 two bits must be zero. */
362 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, false, signed,
363 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
365 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
366 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, true, signed,
367 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
369 /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */
370 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, true, signed,
371 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
373 /* Another variant, when p10 insns can't be used on stubs. */
374 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, true, signed,
375 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
377 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
378 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, true, signed,
379 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
381 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
382 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
384 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, true, signed,
385 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
387 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
388 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
390 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, true, signed,
391 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
393 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
395 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
396 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
398 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
400 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
401 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
403 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
405 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
406 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
408 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
410 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
411 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
413 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
414 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
415 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
416 shared library into the object, because the object being
417 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
418 HOW (R_PPC64_COPY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
419 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
421 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table
423 HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
424 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
426 /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table
427 entry for a symbol. */
428 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
429 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
431 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
432 doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the
434 HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
435 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
437 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
438 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
439 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
441 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
442 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
443 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
445 /* 32-bit PC relative. */
446 HOW (R_PPC64_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, signed,
447 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
449 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
450 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, bitfield
,
451 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
453 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
454 FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */
455 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, signed,
456 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
458 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
460 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
461 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
463 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
465 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
466 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
468 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
470 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
471 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
473 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
474 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
475 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
477 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */
478 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
479 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
481 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
482 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
483 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
485 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
486 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
487 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
),
489 /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */
490 HOW (R_PPC64_REL30
, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, true, dont
,
491 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
493 /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */
495 /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */
496 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
497 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
499 /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */
500 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
501 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
503 /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
504 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
505 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
508 /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */
509 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
510 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
512 /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
513 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
514 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
517 /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */
518 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
519 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
521 /* 64-bit relative relocation. */
522 HOW (R_PPC64_REL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, true, dont
,
523 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
525 /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
526 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
527 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
529 /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage
531 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */
532 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, true, dont
,
533 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
535 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */
536 /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */
537 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
538 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
540 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */
541 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */
542 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
543 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
545 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */
546 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */
547 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
548 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
550 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the
551 contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is
553 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */
554 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
555 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
),
557 /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */
558 /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */
559 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
560 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
),
562 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the
563 value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link
564 editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor
565 is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT
566 entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT.
567 This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time.
568 The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a
569 R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */
570 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */
571 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false,signed,
572 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
574 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */
575 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
576 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
577 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
579 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */
580 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */
581 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
582 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
584 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus
585 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
587 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */
588 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
589 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
591 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
592 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
593 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
595 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
596 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
597 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
599 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
600 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
601 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
603 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
604 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
605 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
607 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
608 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
609 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
611 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */
612 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
613 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
615 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
616 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
617 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
619 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
620 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
621 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
623 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
624 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
625 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
627 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
628 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */
629 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
630 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
632 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
633 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
634 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
635 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
637 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
638 HOW (R_PPC64_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
639 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
641 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
642 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
644 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
645 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
647 /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on
648 each plt call stub. */
649 HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
650 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
652 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
653 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
654 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
656 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
657 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
659 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
660 definition of its TLS sym. */
661 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
662 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
664 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
665 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
666 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
667 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
668 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
670 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
671 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
672 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
674 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
675 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
676 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
678 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
679 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
680 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
682 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
683 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
684 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
686 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
687 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
688 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
690 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
691 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
692 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
694 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
695 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
696 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
698 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
699 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
700 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
702 /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
703 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
704 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
706 /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
707 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
708 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
710 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
711 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
712 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
713 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
715 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
716 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
717 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
719 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
720 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
721 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
723 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
724 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
725 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
727 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
728 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
729 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
731 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
732 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
733 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
735 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
736 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, false, dont
,
737 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
739 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
740 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
741 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
743 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
744 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, false, dont
,
745 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
747 /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
748 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
749 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
751 /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
752 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
753 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
755 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
756 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
757 to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
758 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
759 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
761 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
762 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
763 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
765 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
766 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
767 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
769 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
770 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
771 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
773 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
774 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
775 first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
776 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
777 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
779 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
780 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont
,
781 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
783 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
784 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
785 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
787 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
788 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
789 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
791 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
792 the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
793 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
794 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
796 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
797 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
798 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
800 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
801 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
802 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
804 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
805 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
806 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
808 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
809 offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
810 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
811 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
813 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
814 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, dont
,
815 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
817 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
818 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
819 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
821 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
822 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, signed,
823 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
825 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
826 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
828 HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
829 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
831 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
832 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed,
833 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
835 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
836 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont
,
837 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
839 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
840 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, signed,
841 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
843 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
844 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
845 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, signed,
848 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont
,
849 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
851 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont
,
854 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, true, dont
,
855 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
857 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, true, dont
,
860 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, true, dont
,
861 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
863 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, true, dont
,
866 /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
867 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed,
870 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
871 HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed,
874 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */
875 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
876 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
878 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */
879 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
882 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
883 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
884 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
886 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
887 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
888 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
890 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
891 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
892 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
894 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
895 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont
,
896 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
898 /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */
899 HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
900 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
902 /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */
903 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
904 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
906 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
907 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
909 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
910 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
912 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, false, dont
,
913 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
915 HOW (R_PPC64_D34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, false, signed,
916 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
918 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, false, dont
,
919 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
921 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, false, dont
,
922 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
924 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, false, dont
,
925 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
927 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
928 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
930 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
931 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
933 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
934 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
936 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
937 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
939 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, false, signed,
940 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
942 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, false, signed,
943 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
945 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
946 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
948 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
949 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
951 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
952 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
954 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
955 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
957 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, false, dont
,
958 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
960 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, false, dont
,
963 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, false, dont
,
964 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
966 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, false, dont
,
969 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, true, dont
,
970 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
972 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, true, dont
,
975 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, true, dont
,
976 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
978 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, true, dont
,
981 HOW (R_PPC64_D28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, false, signed,
982 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
984 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, true, signed,
985 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
987 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
988 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
991 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
992 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont
,
997 /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can
1001 ppc_howto_init (void)
1003 unsigned int i
, type
;
1005 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1007 type
= ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
1008 BFD_ASSERT (type
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
));
1009 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1013 static reloc_howto_type
*
1014 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
1016 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1018 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1019 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1025 /* xgettext:c-format */
1026 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd
,
1028 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1031 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1033 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR32
;
1035 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR24
;
1037 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16
;
1039 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
;
1041 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
;
1043 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
;
1045 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
1047 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
;
1049 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14
;
1051 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
;
1053 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
;
1055 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
1057 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
1059 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
;
1061 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14
;
1063 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
;
1065 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
;
1067 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16
;
1069 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
;
1071 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
;
1073 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
;
1075 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC64_COPY
;
1077 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
;
1079 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL32
;
1081 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT32
;
1083 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL32
;
1085 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
;
1087 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
;
1089 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
;
1091 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF
;
1093 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
;
1095 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
;
1097 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
;
1099 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1101 case BFD_RELOC_64
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1103 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
;
1105 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
;
1107 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
;
1109 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
;
1111 case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL64
;
1113 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT64
;
1115 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL64
;
1117 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
1119 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
1121 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
;
1123 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
1125 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC
;
1127 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
;
1129 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
;
1131 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
;
1133 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
;
1135 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
;
1137 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
;
1139 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
;
1141 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
;
1143 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
;
1145 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
;
1147 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
;
1149 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
;
1151 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
;
1153 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
;
1155 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
;
1157 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL
:
1158 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC64_TLS
;
1160 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSGD
;
1162 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSLD
;
1164 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
;
1166 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16
;
1168 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
1170 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
;
1172 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
;
1174 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
1176 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
;
1178 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
1180 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16
;
1182 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
;
1184 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
;
1186 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
;
1188 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
;
1190 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
;
1192 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL64
;
1194 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
;
1196 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
;
1198 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
;
1200 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
;
1202 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
;
1204 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
;
1206 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
;
1208 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
;
1210 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
;
1212 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1214 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
;
1216 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
;
1218 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
;
1220 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1222 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
;
1224 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
;
1226 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
;
1228 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1230 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
;
1232 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1234 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1236 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1238 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
;
1240 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1242 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
;
1244 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1246 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1248 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1250 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16
;
1252 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_LO
;
1254 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HI
;
1256 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HA
;
1258 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
;
1260 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
;
1262 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
;
1264 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
;
1266 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
;
1268 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
;
1270 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_16DX_HA
;
1272 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
;
1274 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_ENTRY
;
1276 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
;
1278 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34
: r
= R_PPC64_D34
;
1280 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_LO
;
1282 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HI30
;
1284 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HA30
;
1286 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
1288 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
;
1290 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
;
1292 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
1294 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL34
;
1296 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
;
1298 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
;
1300 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
1302 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
;
1304 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
;
1306 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
;
1308 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
;
1310 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
;
1312 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
;
1314 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
;
1316 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
;
1318 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
;
1320 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28
: r
= R_PPC64_D28
;
1322 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL28
;
1324 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
;
1326 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
;
1330 return ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r
];
1333 static reloc_howto_type
*
1334 ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd
, const char *r_name
)
1337 static char *compat_map
[][2] = {
1338 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34" },
1339 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34" },
1340 { "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34" },
1341 { "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34", "R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34" }
1344 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1345 if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
1346 && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
1347 return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1349 /* Handle old names of relocations in case they were used by
1351 FIXME: Remove this soon. Mapping the reloc names is very likely
1352 completely unnecessary. */
1353 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (compat_map
); i
++)
1354 if (strcasecmp (compat_map
[i
][0], r_name
) == 0)
1356 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: %s should be used rather than %s"),
1357 compat_map
[i
][1], compat_map
[i
][0]);
1358 return ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (abfd
, compat_map
[i
][1]);
1364 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
1367 ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*cache_ptr
,
1368 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
1372 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1373 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1376 type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
1377 if (type
>= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
))
1379 /* xgettext:c-format */
1380 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1382 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1385 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
];
1386 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
|| cache_ptr
->howto
->name
== NULL
)
1388 /* xgettext:c-format */
1389 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1391 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1398 /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */
1400 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1401 ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1402 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1403 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1405 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1407 bfd_size_type octets
;
1410 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1411 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1413 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1414 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1415 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1417 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits.
1418 We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them
1420 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1421 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
1422 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
1423 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
1424 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
)
1425 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
1427 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1U << 15;
1428 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
)
1429 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1432 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1433 value
= symbol
->value
;
1434 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
1435 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1436 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
1437 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
1438 + input_section
->output_offset
1439 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1440 value
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
>> 16;
1442 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1443 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
,
1444 input_section
, octets
))
1445 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1447 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1449 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
1450 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1451 if (value
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
1452 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1453 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1456 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1457 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1458 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1459 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1461 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1462 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1463 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1465 if (strcmp (symbol
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
1466 && (symbol
->section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1468 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (symbol
->section
,
1469 symbol
->value
+ reloc_entry
->addend
,
1471 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
1472 reloc_entry
->addend
= dest
- (symbol
->value
1473 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1474 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
);
1478 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
;
1480 if (symbol
->section
->owner
!= abfd
1481 && symbol
->section
->owner
!= NULL
1482 && abiversion (symbol
->section
->owner
) >= 2)
1486 for (i
= 0; i
< symbol
->section
->owner
->symcount
; ++i
)
1488 asymbol
*symdef
= symbol
->section
->owner
->outsymbols
[i
];
1490 if (strcmp (symdef
->name
, symbol
->name
) == 0)
1492 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symdef
;
1498 += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
1500 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1503 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1504 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1505 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1506 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1509 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1510 bfd_size_type octets
;
1511 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
1512 bool is_isa_v2
= true;
1514 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1515 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1517 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1518 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1519 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1521 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1522 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
,
1523 input_section
, octets
))
1524 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1526 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1527 insn
&= ~(0x01 << 21);
1528 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1529 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
1530 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
1531 insn
|= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
1535 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
1536 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
1537 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
1538 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
1540 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
1550 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1551 target
= symbol
->value
;
1552 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1553 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1554 target
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1556 from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1557 + input_section
->output_offset
1558 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1560 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
1561 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (target
- from
) < 0)
1564 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1566 return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1567 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1570 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1571 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1572 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1573 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1575 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1576 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1578 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1579 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1580 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1582 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1583 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1584 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1587 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1588 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1589 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1590 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1592 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1593 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1595 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1596 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1597 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1599 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1600 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1602 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1603 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1604 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1607 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1608 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1609 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1610 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1614 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1615 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1617 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1618 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1619 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1621 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1623 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1625 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1626 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1627 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1630 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1631 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1632 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1633 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1637 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1638 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1640 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1641 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1642 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1644 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1646 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1648 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1649 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1651 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1652 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1653 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1656 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1657 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1658 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1659 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1662 bfd_size_type octets
;
1664 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1665 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1667 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1668 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1669 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1671 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1672 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
,
1673 input_section
, octets
))
1674 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1676 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1678 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1680 bfd_put_64 (abfd
, TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1681 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1684 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1685 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1686 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1687 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1691 bfd_size_type octets
;
1693 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1694 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1695 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1697 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1698 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
,
1699 input_section
, octets
))
1700 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1702 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1704 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
+ 4);
1706 targ
= (symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1707 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1708 + reloc_entry
->addend
);
1709 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1710 targ
+= symbol
->value
;
1711 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->type
== R_PPC64_D34_HA30
)
1713 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1715 bfd_vma from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1716 + input_section
->output_offset
1717 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1720 targ
>>= reloc_entry
->howto
->rightshift
;
1721 insn
&= ~reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1722 insn
|= ((targ
<< 16) | (targ
& 0xffff)) & reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1723 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1724 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
+ 4);
1725 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
1726 && (targ
+ (1ULL << (reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
- 1))
1727 >= 1ULL << reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
))
1728 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1729 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1732 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1733 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1734 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1735 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1737 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1738 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1740 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1741 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1742 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1744 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
1746 static char *message
;
1748 if (asprintf (&message
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
1749 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
) < 0)
1751 *error_message
= message
;
1753 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1756 /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
1757 than one got entry per symbol. */
1760 struct got_entry
*next
;
1762 /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */
1765 /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same
1766 symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support
1767 automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary
1768 from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups
1769 we merge entries within the group.
1771 Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */
1774 /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD,
1775 TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */
1776 unsigned char tls_type
;
1778 /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */
1779 unsigned char is_indirect
;
1781 /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */
1784 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1786 struct got_entry
*ent
;
1790 /* The same for PLT. */
1793 struct plt_entry
*next
;
1799 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1804 struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
1806 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1808 /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */
1812 /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined
1813 on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */
1814 asection
*deleted_section
;
1816 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT
1817 sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */
1818 struct got_entry tlsld_got
;
1822 /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */
1823 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
1825 /* Section contents. */
1829 /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect
1830 the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */
1831 unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc
: 1;
1833 /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc
1834 instruction not one we handle. */
1835 unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn
: 1;
1837 /* Set if PLT/GOT/TOC relocs that can be optimised are present in
1839 unsigned int has_optrel
: 1;
1842 #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1843 ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1845 #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \
1846 (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got)
1848 #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \
1849 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1850 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA)
1852 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1855 ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1857 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
),
1861 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the
1862 default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1865 ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1867 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1870 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
1872 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1874 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
1876 /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */
1877 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1878 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64);
1881 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1884 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1887 ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1889 size_t offset
, size
;
1891 if (note
->descsz
!= 504)
1895 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1898 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32);
1904 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1905 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1906 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1910 ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1912 if (note
->descsz
!= 136)
1915 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1916 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1917 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1918 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 40, 16);
1919 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1920 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 56, 80);
1926 ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
,
1936 char data
[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1939 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1940 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1941 strncpy (data
+ 40, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1942 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1944 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1945 -Wstringop-truncation:
1946 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1948 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1950 strncpy (data
+ 56, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1951 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1955 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1956 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1967 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1968 memset (data
, 0, 112);
1969 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1970 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 32);
1971 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1972 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1973 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1974 memcpy (data
+ 112, greg
, 384);
1975 memset (data
+ 496, 0, 8);
1977 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1978 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1983 /* Add extra PPC sections. */
1985 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections
[] =
1987 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, 0 },
1988 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1989 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1990 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1991 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1992 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1993 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1996 enum _ppc64_sec_type
{
2002 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
2004 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
2008 /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor,
2009 and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */
2010 #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4)
2011 struct _opd_sec_data
2013 /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */
2014 asection
**func_sec
;
2016 /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */
2020 /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */
2021 struct _toc_sec_data
2023 /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */
2026 /* And the relocation addend. */
2031 enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type
:2;
2033 /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to
2034 select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
2035 unsigned int has_14bit_branch
:1;
2037 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2038 unsigned int has_pltcall
:1;
2040 /* Flag set when section has PLT/GOT/TOC relocations that can be
2042 unsigned int has_optrel
:1;
2045 #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \
2046 ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
2049 ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2051 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
2053 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2054 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
2056 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2059 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2062 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2066 ppc64_elf_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
2068 const char *name
= hdr
->bfd_section
->name
;
2070 if (startswith (name
, ".sbss")
2071 || startswith (name
, ".sdata"))
2072 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
2077 static struct _opd_sec_data
*
2078 get_opd_info (asection
* sec
)
2081 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) != NULL
2082 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
2083 return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
2087 /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */
2088 static bool synthetic_relocatable
;
2089 static const asection
*synthetic_opd
;
2091 /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */
2094 compare_symbols (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
2096 const asymbol
*a
= *(const asymbol
**) ap
;
2097 const asymbol
*b
= *(const asymbol
**) bp
;
2099 /* Section symbols first. */
2100 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && !(b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2102 if (!(a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && (b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2105 /* then .opd symbols. */
2106 if (synthetic_opd
!= NULL
)
2108 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
2109 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2111 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0
2112 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2116 /* then other code symbols. */
2117 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2118 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2119 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2120 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2123 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2124 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2125 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2126 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2129 if (synthetic_relocatable
)
2131 if (a
->section
->id
< b
->section
->id
)
2134 if (a
->section
->id
> b
->section
->id
)
2138 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
< b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2141 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
> b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2144 /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function
2145 syms over other syms. */
2146 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0)
2149 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0)
2152 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0)
2155 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
2158 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0)
2161 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0)
2164 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2167 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2170 /* Finally, sort on where the symbol is in memory. The symbols will
2171 be in at most two malloc'd blocks, one for static syms, one for
2172 dynamic syms, and we distinguish the two blocks above by testing
2173 BSF_DYNAMIC. Since we are sorting the symbol pointers which were
2174 originally in the same order as the symbols (and we're not
2175 sorting the symbols themselves), this ensures a stable sort. */
2183 /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */
2186 sym_exists_at (asymbol
**syms
, size_t lo
, size_t hi
, unsigned int id
,
2191 if (id
== (unsigned) -1)
2195 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2196 if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< value
)
2198 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> value
)
2208 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2209 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
< id
)
2211 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
> id
)
2213 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
< value
)
2215 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
> value
)
2225 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
2227 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
2228 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2229 && section
->vma
<= vma
2230 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
2233 /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function
2234 entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table.
2235 Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */
2238 ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
2239 long static_count
, asymbol
**static_syms
,
2240 long dyn_count
, asymbol
**dyn_syms
,
2246 size_t symcount
, codesecsym
, codesecsymend
, secsymend
, opdsymend
;
2247 asection
*opd
= NULL
;
2248 bool relocatable
= (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0;
2250 int abi
= abiversion (abfd
);
2256 opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".opd");
2257 if (opd
== NULL
&& abi
== 1)
2269 symcount
= static_count
;
2271 symcount
+= dyn_count
;
2275 syms
= bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2279 if (!relocatable
&& static_count
!= 0 && dyn_count
!= 0)
2281 /* Use both symbol tables. */
2282 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, static_count
* sizeof (*syms
));
2283 memcpy (syms
+ static_count
, dyn_syms
,
2284 (dyn_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2286 else if (!relocatable
&& static_count
== 0)
2287 memcpy (syms
, dyn_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2289 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2291 /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section,
2292 function, and notype symbols. */
2293 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2294 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& (BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
| BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
2295 | BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) == 0)
2296 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2299 synthetic_relocatable
= relocatable
;
2300 synthetic_opd
= opd
;
2301 qsort (syms
, symcount
, sizeof (*syms
), compare_symbols
);
2303 if (!relocatable
&& symcount
> 1)
2305 /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal
2306 and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms
2307 that have different values, so trim any with the same
2308 value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols
2309 duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a
2310 text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */
2311 for (i
= 1, j
= 1; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2313 const asymbol
*s0
= syms
[i
- 1];
2314 const asymbol
*s1
= syms
[i
];
2316 if ((s0
->value
+ s0
->section
->vma
2317 != s1
->value
+ s1
->section
->vma
)
2318 || ((s0
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)
2319 != (s1
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)))
2320 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2326 /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and
2327 sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the
2328 symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed
2329 to this function is the real binary. */
2330 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
2331 && strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2335 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2336 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
2337 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2338 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2339 || (syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2343 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2344 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2348 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2349 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2353 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2354 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
2355 & (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
2356 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2364 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
2369 if (opdsymend
== secsymend
)
2372 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2373 relcount
= (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) ? opd
->reloc_count
: 0;
2377 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, opd
, static_syms
, false))
2384 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2388 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2389 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2392 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2395 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2398 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2401 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2402 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2403 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2406 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2407 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2413 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2420 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
2422 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2426 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2427 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2430 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2433 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2436 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2439 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2440 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2441 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2446 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2447 s
->section
= sym
->section
;
2448 s
->value
= sym
->value
+ r
->addend
;
2451 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2452 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2454 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2455 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2456 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2463 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
2464 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
2466 size_t plt_count
= 0;
2467 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0, resolv_vma
= 0;
2468 asection
*dynamic
, *glink
= NULL
, *relplt
= NULL
;
2471 if (opd
!= NULL
&& !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, opd
, &contents
))
2473 free_contents_and_exit_err
:
2475 free_contents_and_exit
:
2481 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2485 /* Ignore bogus symbols. */
2486 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2489 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2490 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2493 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2494 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2498 /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */
2500 && (dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
2502 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
2504 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
2506 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
2507 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2509 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2510 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
2513 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
2514 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
2516 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2517 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2519 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
2522 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC64_GLINK
)
2524 /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32.
2525 See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */
2526 glink_vma
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+ 8 * 4;
2527 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2528 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2529 glink stubs now reside. */
2530 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
,
2541 /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch
2542 from the first glink stub. */
2544 unsigned int off
= 0;
2546 while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
2547 glink_vma
+ off
- glink
->vma
, 4))
2549 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
2551 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2554 = glink_vma
+ off
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2563 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2565 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
2568 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2569 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dyn_syms
, true))
2570 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2572 plt_count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
2573 size
+= plt_count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
2575 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2576 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2578 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
2580 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16;
2586 goto free_contents_and_exit
;
2587 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2589 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2591 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ plt_count
+ (resolv_vma
!= 0));
2593 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2597 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2600 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2601 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2605 asection
*sec
= abfd
->sections
;
2612 size_t mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2613 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< ent
)
2615 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> ent
)
2619 sec
= syms
[mid
]->section
;
2624 if (lo
>= hi
&& lo
> codesecsym
)
2625 sec
= syms
[lo
- 1]->section
;
2627 for (; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2631 /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug
2633 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2635 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2638 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2639 s
->value
= ent
- s
->section
->vma
;
2642 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2643 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2645 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2646 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2647 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2653 if (glink
!= NULL
&& relplt
!= NULL
)
2657 /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */
2658 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2660 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2662 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2664 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
2665 sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2666 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2671 /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the
2672 stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The
2673 objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol
2674 name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is
2675 a) finding the stubs, and,
2676 b) matching stubs against plt entries, and,
2677 c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry.
2679 Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older
2680 ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code.
2681 (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc
2682 pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to
2683 be able to calculate the plt address referenced.
2684 (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or
2685 find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints
2686 for pending shared library loads. */
2687 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2688 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2692 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2693 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
2694 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
2695 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
2696 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
2697 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2699 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2702 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
2703 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
2707 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2708 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2709 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
2710 names
+= strlen (names
);
2712 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2713 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
2733 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2734 functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are
2735 called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more
2736 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2737 ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2738 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2741 PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that
2742 functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor
2743 symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like:
2750 The function definition in another object file might be:
2754 . .quad .TOC.@tocbase
2760 When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch
2761 unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused.
2762 If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little
2763 different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets
2764 copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop.
2772 . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub
2773 . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but
2774 . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea
2782 . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo)
2784 The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits
2785 an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd
2788 What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations
2789 examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code
2790 sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against
2791 the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need
2792 to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other.
2793 Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic
2794 symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic
2795 instead, at least for an application final link. However, when
2796 creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols
2797 dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early
2798 stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a
2799 definition from some other object, eg. a static library.
2801 Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function
2802 calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This
2803 behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */
2805 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2806 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2807 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2810 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2811 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
2816 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2817 address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the
2818 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2819 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */
2826 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
2827 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
2828 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
2829 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
2830 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
2833 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
2834 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
2835 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
2836 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
2837 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
2838 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
2839 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
2840 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
2841 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
2842 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
2843 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
2844 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
2845 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
2846 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
2847 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2848 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2849 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2853 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2854 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's .dynbss
2855 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2856 shared lib. With code that gcc generates it is vital that this be
2857 enabled; In the PowerPC64 ELFv1 ABI the address of a function is
2858 actually the address of a function descriptor which resides in the
2859 .opd section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going
2860 via the GOT as some other ABIs do, which means that initialized
2861 function pointers reference the descriptor. Thus, a function
2862 pointer initialized to the address of a function in a shared
2863 library will either require a .dynbss copy and a copy reloc, or a
2864 dynamic reloc. Using a .dynbss copy redefines the function
2865 descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This presents a problem as
2866 a PLT entry for that function is also initialized from the function
2867 descriptor symbol and the copy may not be initialized first. */
2868 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2870 /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
2872 #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
2875 ppc_stub_long_branch:
2876 Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its
2877 destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach.
2880 ppc_stub_plt_branch:
2881 Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't
2882 reach its destination.
2883 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2884 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2889 Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that
2890 the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra
2891 "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr".
2892 An r2save variant starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)".
2893 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2894 . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11)
2896 . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11)
2897 . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11)
2900 ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional
2901 code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections.
2902 A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2904 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2905 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2908 A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2910 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2911 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2912 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2913 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2917 All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2
2918 variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer
2919 and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2
2920 has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC
2921 relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer.
2922 ppc_stub_long_branch_p9notoc:
2928 . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha
2929 . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l
2932 ppc_stub_plt_branch_p9notoc:
2938 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2939 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2941 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2942 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2943 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2947 ppc_stub_plt_call_p9notoc:
2953 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2954 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2956 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2957 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2958 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2962 There are also ELFv1 power10 variants of these stubs.
2963 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2964 . pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2966 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2967 . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34
2968 . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34
2970 . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2971 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2974 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2975 . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34
2976 . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34
2978 . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel
2979 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2983 In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are
2984 omitted and following instructions modified in some cases.
2985 For example, a power10 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down
2987 . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel
2991 Stub variants may be merged. For example, if printf is called from
2992 code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function
2993 prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub,
2994 and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a
2995 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter
2996 type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will
2997 enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar
2998 situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
2999 relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub
3000 to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf
3001 require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single
3002 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub may be used for both types of
3005 enum ppc_stub_main_type
3008 ppc_stub_long_branch
,
3009 ppc_stub_plt_branch
,
3011 ppc_stub_global_entry
,
3015 /* ppc_stub_long_branch, ppc_stub_plt_branch and ppc_stub_plt_call have
3016 these variations. */
3018 enum ppc_stub_sub_type
3025 struct ppc_stub_type
3027 ENUM_BITFIELD (ppc_stub_main_type
) main
: 3;
3028 ENUM_BITFIELD (ppc_stub_sub_type
) sub
: 2;
3029 unsigned int r2save
: 1;
3032 /* Information on stub grouping. */
3035 /* The stub section. */
3037 /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */
3040 struct map_stub
*next
;
3041 /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this
3044 /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a
3045 _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or
3046 after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */
3047 unsigned int lr_restore
;
3048 /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address
3049 if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */
3050 unsigned int eh_size
;
3051 /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */
3052 unsigned int eh_base
;
3055 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
3057 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3058 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3060 struct ppc_stub_type type
;
3062 /* Group information. */
3063 struct map_stub
*group
;
3065 /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
3066 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
3068 /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
3069 value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
3070 bfd_vma target_value
;
3071 asection
*target_section
;
3073 /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
3074 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3075 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
3078 unsigned char symtype
;
3080 /* Symbol st_other. */
3081 unsigned char other
;
3084 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
3086 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3087 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3089 /* Offset within branch lookup table. */
3090 unsigned int offset
;
3092 /* Generation marker. */
3096 /* Used to track dynamic relocations. */
3097 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
3099 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3101 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3104 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3107 /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section. */
3108 unsigned int pc_count
;
3110 /* Number of relocs that might become R_PPC64_RELATIVE. */
3111 unsigned int rel_count
;
3114 struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
3116 struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3118 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3121 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3124 /* Number of relocs that might become R_PPC64_RELATIVE. */
3125 unsigned int rel_count
: 31;
3127 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
3128 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
3131 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
3133 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
3137 /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
3139 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_cache
;
3141 /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */
3142 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*next_dot_sym
;
3145 /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */
3146 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*oh
;
3148 /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */
3149 unsigned int is_func
:1;
3150 unsigned int is_func_descriptor
:1;
3151 unsigned int fake
:1;
3153 /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not.
3154 After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag
3155 should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */
3156 unsigned int adjust_done
:1;
3158 /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function,
3159 with non-standard calling convention. */
3160 unsigned int save_res
:1;
3162 /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected,
3163 even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */
3164 unsigned int non_zero_localentry
:1;
3166 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
3167 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
3168 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
3169 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
3170 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
3171 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
3172 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
3173 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
3174 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
3175 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
3176 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
3177 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
3178 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
3179 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
3180 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
3181 #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */
3182 unsigned char tls_mask
;
3184 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
3185 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
3186 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
3187 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
3188 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
3191 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3192 ppc_elf_hash_entry (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3194 return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3197 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3198 elf_hash_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3200 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3203 /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3205 struct ppc_link_hash_table
3207 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
3209 /* The stub hash table. */
3210 struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table
;
3212 /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */
3213 struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table
;
3215 /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */
3216 htab_t tocsave_htab
;
3218 /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */
3219 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
;
3221 /* The size of sec_info below. */
3222 unsigned int sec_info_arr_size
;
3224 /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather
3225 than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for
3226 non-ppc64 sections. */
3229 /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */
3234 /* The section group that this section belongs to. */
3235 struct map_stub
*group
;
3236 /* A temp section list pointer. */
3241 /* Linked list of groups. */
3242 struct map_stub
*group
;
3244 /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */
3247 asection
*toc_first_sec
;
3249 /* Used when adding symbols. */
3250 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*dot_syms
;
3252 /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
3254 asection
*global_entry
;
3257 asection
*relpltlocal
;
3260 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
3262 /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */
3263 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
3264 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr_fd
;
3265 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc
;
3266 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc_fd
;
3267 struct map_stub
*tga_group
;
3269 /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */
3270 bfd_size_type got_reli_size
;
3272 /* DT_RELR array of section/r_offset. */
3282 unsigned long stub_count
[ppc_stub_save_res
];
3284 /* Number of stubs against global syms. */
3285 unsigned long stub_globals
;
3287 /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */
3288 unsigned int opd_abi
:1;
3290 /* Support for multiple toc sections. */
3291 unsigned int do_multi_toc
:1;
3292 unsigned int multi_toc_needed
:1;
3293 unsigned int second_toc_pass
:1;
3294 unsigned int do_toc_opt
:1;
3296 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
3297 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
3299 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
3300 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
3302 /* Set if a stub_offset changed. */
3303 unsigned int stub_changed
:1;
3306 unsigned int stub_error
:1;
3308 /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */
3309 unsigned int need_func_desc_adj
:1;
3311 /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */
3312 unsigned int has_plt_localentry0
:1;
3314 /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */
3315 unsigned int notoc_plt
:1;
3317 /* Whether any code linked seems to be Power10. */
3318 unsigned int has_power10_relocs
:1;
3320 /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */
3321 unsigned int stub_iteration
;
3323 /* After 20 iterations of stub sizing we no longer allow stubs to
3324 shrink. This is to break out of a pathological case where adding
3325 stubs or increasing their size on one iteration decreases section
3326 gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then results in smaller
3327 stubs on the next iteration. */
3328 #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20
3331 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
3334 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
3335 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
3337 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
3339 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
3341 /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */
3342 #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2
3344 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses
3346 #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3
3348 /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */
3349 #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4
3350 #define call_check_done sec_flg5
3352 /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
3354 #define ppc_hash_table(p) \
3355 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
3356 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC64_ELF_DATA) \
3357 ? (struct ppc_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
3359 #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3360 ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \
3361 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3363 #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3364 ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \
3365 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3367 /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */
3369 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3370 stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3371 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3374 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3378 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
));
3383 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3384 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3387 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*eh
;
3389 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3390 eh
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3391 eh
->type
.main
= ppc_stub_none
;
3392 eh
->type
.sub
= ppc_stub_toc
;
3393 eh
->type
.r2save
= 0;
3395 eh
->stub_offset
= 0;
3396 eh
->target_value
= 0;
3397 eh
->target_section
= NULL
;
3406 /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */
3408 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3409 branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3410 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3413 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3417 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
));
3422 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3423 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3426 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*eh
;
3428 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3429 eh
= (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3437 /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3439 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3440 link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3441 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3444 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3448 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
));
3453 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3454 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3457 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3459 memset (&eh
->u
.stub_cache
, 0,
3460 (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
)
3461 - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
, u
.stub_cache
)));
3463 /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry
3464 points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function
3465 descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and
3466 definition work together, without breaking archive linking.
3468 For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar":
3469 An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly
3471 A new object defines "foo" and references "bar".
3473 A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being
3474 satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the
3475 old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object.
3477 Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */
3479 if (string
[0] == '.')
3481 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3483 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) table
;
3484 eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
= htab
->dot_syms
;
3485 htab
->dot_syms
= eh
;
3492 struct tocsave_entry
3499 tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p
)
3501 const struct tocsave_entry
*e
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p
;
3502 return ((bfd_vma
) (intptr_t) e
->sec
^ e
->offset
) >> 3;
3506 tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3508 const struct tocsave_entry
*e1
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p1
;
3509 const struct tocsave_entry
*e2
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p2
;
3510 return e1
->sec
== e2
->sec
&& e1
->offset
== e2
->offset
;
3513 /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3516 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
3518 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3520 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
3521 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
)
3522 htab_delete (htab
->tocsave_htab
);
3523 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->branch_hash_table
);
3524 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3525 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
3528 /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3530 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
3531 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
3533 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3534 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table
);
3536 htab
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
3540 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab
->elf
, abfd
, link_hash_newfunc
,
3541 sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
),
3548 /* Init the stub hash table too. */
3549 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_hash_newfunc
,
3550 sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
)))
3552 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3556 /* And the branch hash table. */
3557 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->branch_hash_table
, branch_hash_newfunc
,
3558 sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
)))
3560 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3561 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3565 htab
->tocsave_htab
= htab_try_create (1024,
3569 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
== NULL
)
3571 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3574 htab
->elf
.root
.hash_table_free
= ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
3576 /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really
3577 only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the
3578 bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes
3579 debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */
3580 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3581 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3582 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3583 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3584 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.offset
= 0;
3585 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3586 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
3587 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3589 return &htab
->elf
.root
;
3592 /* Create sections for linker generated code. */
3595 create_linkage_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3597 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3600 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3602 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
3603 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3604 if (htab
->params
->save_restore_funcs
)
3606 /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */
3607 htab
->sfpr
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".sfpr",
3609 if (htab
->sfpr
== NULL
3610 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->sfpr
, 2))
3614 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3617 /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */
3618 htab
->glink
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3620 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
3621 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 3))
3624 /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that
3625 it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */
3626 htab
->global_entry
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3628 if (htab
->global_entry
== NULL
3629 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->global_entry
, 2))
3632 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
3634 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3635 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3636 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
,
3639 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
3640 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink_eh_frame
, 2))
3644 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
3645 htab
->elf
.iplt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".iplt", flags
);
3646 if (htab
->elf
.iplt
== NULL
3647 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.iplt
, 3))
3650 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3651 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3653 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
3654 if (htab
->elf
.irelplt
== NULL
3655 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.irelplt
, 3))
3658 /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */
3659 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
3660 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3661 htab
->brlt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3663 if (htab
->brlt
== NULL
3664 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->brlt
, 3))
3667 /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for
3669 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3671 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
3672 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 3))
3675 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3678 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3679 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3681 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3682 if (htab
->relbrlt
== NULL
3683 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relbrlt
, 3))
3687 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3688 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
3689 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 3))
3695 /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */
3698 ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3699 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
)
3701 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3703 elf_elfheader (params
->stub_bfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = ELFCLASS64
;
3705 /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the
3706 linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at
3707 the start of the output TOC section. */
3708 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3709 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= params
->stub_bfd
;
3710 htab
->params
= params
;
3712 return create_linkage_sections (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
);
3715 /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
3718 ppc_stub_name (const asection
*input_section
,
3719 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3720 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3721 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
3726 /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31
3727 offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could
3728 probably assume the addend is always zero. */
3729 BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff) == rel
->r_addend
);
3733 len
= 8 + 1 + strlen (h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
) + 1 + 8 + 1;
3734 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3735 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3738 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%s+%x",
3739 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3740 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
,
3741 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3745 len
= 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
3746 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3747 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3750 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%x:%x+%x",
3751 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3752 sym_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3753 (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
) & 0xffffffff,
3754 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3756 if (len
> 2 && stub_name
[len
- 2] == '+' && stub_name
[len
- 1] == '0')
3757 stub_name
[len
- 2] = 0;
3761 /* If mixing power10 with non-power10 code and --power10-stubs is not
3762 specified (or is auto) then there may be multiple stub types for any
3763 given symbol. Up to three classes of stubs are stored in separate
3764 stub_hash_table entries having the same key string. The entries
3765 will always be adjacent on entry->root.next chain, even if hash
3766 table resizing occurs. This function selects the correct entry to
3769 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3770 select_alt_stub (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*entry
,
3771 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
3773 enum ppc_stub_sub_type subt
;
3777 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
3778 subt
= ppc_stub_notoc
;
3780 case R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
:
3781 subt
= ppc_stub_p9notoc
;
3784 subt
= ppc_stub_toc
;
3788 while (entry
!= NULL
&& entry
->type
.sub
!= subt
)
3790 const char *stub_name
= entry
->root
.string
;
3792 entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
->root
.next
;
3794 && entry
->root
.string
!= stub_name
)
3801 /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
3802 creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
3804 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3805 ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection
*input_section
,
3806 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3807 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3808 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3809 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3811 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3812 struct map_stub
*group
;
3814 /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
3815 stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
3816 Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
3817 more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
3818 distinguish between them. */
3819 group
= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].u
.group
;
3823 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->u
.stub_cache
!= NULL
3824 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->h
== h
3825 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->group
== group
)
3827 stub_entry
= h
->u
.stub_cache
;
3833 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (group
->link_sec
, sym_sec
, h
, rel
);
3834 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3837 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3838 stub_name
, false, false);
3840 h
->u
.stub_cache
= stub_entry
;
3845 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
&& htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1)
3846 stub_entry
= select_alt_stub (stub_entry
, ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
));
3851 /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
3852 stub entry are initialised. */
3854 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3855 ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name
,
3857 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3859 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3860 struct map_stub
*group
;
3863 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3865 group
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
;
3866 link_sec
= group
->link_sec
;
3867 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
3868 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3874 namelen
= strlen (link_sec
->name
);
3875 len
= namelen
+ sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
);
3876 s_name
= bfd_alloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, len
);
3880 memcpy (s_name
, link_sec
->name
, namelen
);
3881 memcpy (s_name
+ namelen
, STUB_SUFFIX
, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
));
3882 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (s_name
, link_sec
);
3883 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3885 group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
3888 /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
3889 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_name
,
3891 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
3893 /* xgettext:c-format */
3894 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
3895 section
->owner
, stub_name
);
3899 stub_entry
->group
= group
;
3900 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= 0;
3904 /* A stub has already been created, but it may not be the required
3905 type. We shouldn't be transitioning from plt_call to long_branch
3906 stubs or vice versa, but we might be upgrading from plt_call to
3907 plt_call with r2save for example. */
3910 ppc_merge_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
3911 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
3912 struct ppc_stub_type stub_type
,
3913 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
3915 struct ppc_stub_type old_type
= stub_entry
->type
;
3917 if (old_type
.main
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
3920 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1)
3922 /* For --power10-stubs=auto, don't merge _notoc and other
3923 varieties of stubs. */
3924 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*alt_stub
;
3926 alt_stub
= select_alt_stub (stub_entry
, r_type
);
3927 if (alt_stub
== NULL
)
3929 alt_stub
= ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*)
3930 stub_hash_newfunc (NULL
,
3931 &htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3932 stub_entry
->root
.string
));
3933 if (alt_stub
== NULL
)
3936 *alt_stub
= *stub_entry
;
3937 stub_entry
->root
.next
= &alt_stub
->root
;
3939 /* Sort notoc stubs first, then toc stubs, then p9notoc.
3940 Not that it matters, this just puts smaller stubs first. */
3941 if (stub_type
.sub
== ppc_stub_notoc
)
3942 alt_stub
= stub_entry
;
3943 else if (stub_type
.sub
== ppc_stub_p9notoc
3944 && alt_stub
->root
.next
3945 && alt_stub
->root
.next
->string
== alt_stub
->root
.string
)
3947 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*next
3948 = (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) alt_stub
->root
.next
;
3949 alt_stub
->type
= next
->type
;
3952 alt_stub
->type
= stub_type
;
3955 stub_entry
= alt_stub
;
3958 old_type
= stub_entry
->type
;
3959 if (old_type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
3960 old_type
.main
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
3962 if (old_type
.main
!= stub_type
.main
3963 || (old_type
.sub
!= stub_type
.sub
3964 && old_type
.sub
!= ppc_stub_toc
3965 && stub_type
.sub
!= ppc_stub_toc
))
3968 stub_entry
->type
.sub
|= stub_type
.sub
;
3969 stub_entry
->type
.r2save
|= stub_type
.r2save
;
3973 /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if
3974 not already done. */
3977 create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3979 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
3981 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3983 if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd
))
3989 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3992 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3993 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3995 got
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3997 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (got
, 3))
4000 relgot
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.got",
4001 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
4003 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (relgot
, 3))
4006 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
= got
;
4007 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->relgot
= relgot
;
4011 /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */
4013 static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
4014 follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4016 while (h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4017 || h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4022 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4023 elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4025 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) follow_link (&h
->root
);
4028 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4029 ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4031 return ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_follow_link (&h
->elf
));
4034 /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */
4037 move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*from
,
4038 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*to
)
4040 if (from
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
4042 if (to
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
4044 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
4045 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4047 for (entp
= &from
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
4049 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
4051 for (dent
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
4052 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
4054 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
4061 *entp
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
4064 to
->elf
.plt
.plist
= from
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
4065 from
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4069 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
4072 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4073 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
4074 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
4076 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
4078 edir
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (dir
);
4079 eind
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (ind
);
4081 edir
->is_func
|= eind
->is_func
;
4082 edir
->is_func_descriptor
|= eind
->is_func_descriptor
;
4083 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
4084 if (eind
->oh
!= NULL
)
4085 edir
->oh
= ppc_follow_link (eind
->oh
);
4087 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
4088 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
4089 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4090 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4091 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
4092 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
4093 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
4095 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy
4096 dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs
4097 in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the
4098 symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any
4099 tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which
4101 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4104 /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */
4105 if (ind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
4107 if (dir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
4109 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
4110 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4112 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
4113 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
4114 for (pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) &ind
->dyn_relocs
;
4118 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*q
;
4120 for (q
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*) dir
->dyn_relocs
;
4123 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
4125 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
4126 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
4127 q
->rel_count
+= p
->rel_count
;
4134 *pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*) dir
->dyn_relocs
;
4137 dir
->dyn_relocs
= ind
->dyn_relocs
;
4138 ind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4141 /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the
4142 symbol which just became indirect. */
4143 if (eind
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
4145 if (edir
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
4147 struct got_entry
**entp
;
4148 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4150 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.got
.glist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
4152 struct got_entry
*dent
;
4154 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
4155 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
4156 && dent
->owner
== ent
->owner
4157 && dent
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
)
4159 dent
->got
.refcount
+= ent
->got
.refcount
;
4166 *entp
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4169 edir
->elf
.got
.glist
= eind
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4170 eind
->elf
.got
.glist
= NULL
;
4173 /* And plt entries. */
4174 move_plt_plist (eind
, edir
);
4176 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
4178 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
4179 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4180 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
4181 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
4182 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
4183 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
4184 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
4188 /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code
4189 hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */
4191 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4192 lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
4194 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= fh
->oh
;
4198 const char *fd_name
= fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1;
4200 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, fd_name
,
4201 false, false, false));
4205 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4211 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
4212 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4217 /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */
4219 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4220 make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4221 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
4223 bfd
*abfd
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4224 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
4225 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4226 flagword flags
= (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4230 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
,
4231 fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1,
4232 flags
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4233 NULL
, false, false, &bh
))
4236 fdh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4237 fdh
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
4239 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4246 /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be
4250 ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*ibfd
,
4251 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4252 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4254 flagword
*flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4259 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".opd") == 0)
4263 if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4264 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))
4265 isym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
), STT_FUNC
);
4267 /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function
4268 code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */
4269 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4270 && (*sec
)->reloc_count
!= 0
4271 && opd_entry_value (*sec
, *value
, &code_sec
, NULL
,
4272 false) != (bfd_vma
) -1
4273 && discarded_section (code_sec
))
4275 *sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4276 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4279 else if (*sec
!= NULL
4280 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".toc") == 0
4281 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)
4283 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4285 htab
->params
->object_in_toc
= 1;
4288 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4290 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4291 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 2);
4292 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 1)
4294 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other"
4295 " for ABI version 1"), *name
);
4296 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4304 /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */
4307 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4308 unsigned int st_other
,
4312 if (definition
&& (!dynamic
|| !h
->def_regular
))
4313 h
->other
= ((st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
4314 | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
));
4317 /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since
4318 we now have a real symbol. */
4321 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4322 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4323 asection
**psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4324 bool newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4325 bool olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4326 bfd
*oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4327 const asection
*oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4329 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
= 0;
4330 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4331 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
= 1;
4335 /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the
4336 inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar".
4337 NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash
4338 table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */
4340 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
4341 ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4342 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4345 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4349 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
);
4351 && ppc_hash_table (info
) != NULL
4352 /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor
4353 created by add_symbol_adjust. */
4354 && !((struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->fake
)
4360 len
= strlen (name
);
4361 dot_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
4362 if (dot_name
== NULL
)
4363 return (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
4365 memcpy (dot_name
+ 1, name
, len
+ 1);
4366 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, dot_name
);
4367 bfd_release (abfd
, dot_name
);
4371 if (strcmp (name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
4372 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, "__tls_get_addr_desc");
4376 /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a
4377 new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols
4378 are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an
4379 object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also
4380 prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols.
4381 We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The
4382 most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the
4383 function entry symbol is used. */
4386 add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4388 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4389 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4391 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4392 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) eh
->elf
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4394 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4397 if (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.')
4400 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4404 fdh
= lookup_fdh (eh
, htab
);
4406 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4407 && (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4408 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4409 && eh
->elf
.ref_regular
)
4411 /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to
4412 pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled
4414 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, eh
);
4421 unsigned entry_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4422 unsigned descr_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4424 /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most
4425 constraining visibility of either symbol. */
4426 if (entry_vis
< descr_vis
)
4427 fdh
->elf
.other
+= entry_vis
- descr_vis
;
4428 else if (entry_vis
> descr_vis
)
4429 eh
->elf
.other
+= descr_vis
- entry_vis
;
4431 /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function
4432 descriptor symbol. */
4433 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
;
4434 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4435 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4436 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4438 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
4439 && fdh
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
4440 && fdh
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
4441 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4442 || fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
4443 || fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
)
4444 && (eh
->elf
.ref_regular
4445 || eh
->elf
.def_regular
))
4447 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
4455 /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list
4456 of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */
4459 ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4461 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4462 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**p
, *eh
;
4463 asection
*opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
4465 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0)
4467 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
4468 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
= sec_opd
;
4470 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4471 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 1);
4472 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) >= 2)
4474 /* xgettext:c-format */
4475 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"),
4476 ibfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4477 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4482 if (is_ppc64_elf (info
->output_bfd
))
4484 /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags
4485 we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set
4486 as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2.
4487 Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input
4488 still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output.
4489 Differences in ABI are reported later. */
4490 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 0)
4491 set_abiversion (info
->output_bfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4492 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4493 set_abiversion (ibfd
, abiversion (info
->output_bfd
));
4496 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4500 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0
4501 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4502 && (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
4503 && opd
->reloc_count
!= 0
4504 && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd
->output_section
)
4505 && info
->gc_sections
)
4507 /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections.
4508 We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by
4509 relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead,
4510 if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we
4511 want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is
4512 easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep
4513 information about the associated function section. */
4515 asection
**opd_sym_map
;
4516 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4517 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
, *rel_end
, *rel
;
4519 amt
= OPD_NDX (opd
->size
) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map
);
4520 opd_sym_map
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, amt
);
4521 if (opd_sym_map
== NULL
)
4523 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->u
.opd
.func_sec
= opd_sym_map
;
4524 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, opd
, NULL
, NULL
,
4528 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4529 rel_end
= relocs
+ opd
->reloc_count
- 1;
4530 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4532 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4533 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4535 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
4536 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
4537 && r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4539 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4542 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
, ibfd
,
4546 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4551 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4552 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= opd
)
4553 opd_sym_map
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = s
;
4556 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4560 p
= &htab
->dot_syms
;
4561 while ((eh
= *p
) != NULL
)
4564 if (&eh
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4566 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
== NULL
4567 && strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
, ".TOC.") == 0)
4568 htab
->elf
.hgot
= &eh
->elf
;
4569 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) <= 1)
4571 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 1;
4572 if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh
, info
))
4575 p
= &eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
;
4580 /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined
4581 not to be needed. */
4584 ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
4585 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4586 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
4588 if (act
== notice_not_needed
)
4590 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4595 htab
->dot_syms
= NULL
;
4597 return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd
, info
, act
);
4600 /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need
4601 toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */
4604 ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4606 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
4607 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0
4608 && is_ppc64_elf (sec
->owner
))
4610 if (abiversion (sec
->owner
) >= 2
4611 || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".opd") != NULL
)
4612 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4614 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec
, info
);
4617 static struct plt_entry
**
4618 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
4619 unsigned long r_symndx
, bfd_vma r_addend
, int tls_type
)
4621 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (abfd
);
4622 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4623 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
4625 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4627 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4629 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_ents
)
4630 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
4631 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
4632 local_got_ents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
4633 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4635 elf_local_got_ents (abfd
) = local_got_ents
;
4638 if ((tls_type
& (NON_GOT
| TLS_EXPLICIT
)) == 0)
4640 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4642 for (ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4643 if (ent
->addend
== r_addend
4644 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4645 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4649 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4650 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4653 ent
->next
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
4654 ent
->addend
= r_addend
;
4656 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4657 ent
->is_indirect
= false;
4658 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4659 local_got_ents
[r_symndx
] = ent
;
4661 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4664 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4665 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4666 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
4668 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
4672 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
, bfd_vma addend
)
4674 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4676 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4677 if (ent
->addend
== addend
)
4681 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4682 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4686 ent
->addend
= addend
;
4687 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
4690 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
4695 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4697 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
4698 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
4699 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
4700 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
4701 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
4702 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
4703 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR24
4704 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14
4705 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
4706 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
4707 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
4708 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
);
4711 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
4714 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4716 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
4717 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
4718 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
4719 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
4720 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4721 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4722 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
4723 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
);
4726 /* Of relocs which might appear paired with TLSGD and TLSLD marker
4727 relocs, return true for those that operate on a dword. */
4730 is_8byte_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4732 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4733 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4734 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
);
4737 /* Like bfd_reloc_offset_in_range but without a howto. Return true
4738 iff a field of SIZE bytes at OFFSET is within SEC limits. */
4741 offset_in_range (asection
*sec
, bfd_vma offset
, size_t size
)
4743 return offset
<= sec
->size
&& size
<= sec
->size
- offset
;
4746 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4747 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
4748 linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
4751 ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4752 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
4754 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4755 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4756 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4757 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
4758 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
4760 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *dottga
;
4763 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4766 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd
));
4768 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4772 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4773 false, false, true);
4774 dottga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
4775 false, false, true);
4776 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4777 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4779 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
4780 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4781 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4783 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4784 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4785 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4786 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
4788 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*ppc64_sec
;
4789 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
4791 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4792 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4795 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->elf
.sym_cache
, abfd
, r_symndx
);
4802 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4803 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
4805 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4806 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4809 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4813 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
4814 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
4815 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
4817 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
4818 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
4819 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
4820 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4821 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4822 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4823 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4824 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4825 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4826 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4827 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
4828 htab
->has_power10_relocs
= 1;
4836 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4837 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4838 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4839 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4840 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4841 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4842 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4843 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4844 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4845 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4846 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4847 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4848 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4849 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4850 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4851 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4852 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4853 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4854 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4855 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4864 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4867 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4872 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4874 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4876 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
4887 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
4888 its parameter symbol. */
4890 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
4892 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4894 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4896 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4899 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4900 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4901 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4902 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4903 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
4904 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4907 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4908 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4909 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4910 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4911 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
4912 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4915 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
4916 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4917 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4918 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4919 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
4920 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4921 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4922 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4925 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
4926 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4927 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
4928 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4929 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
4930 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4932 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4936 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4937 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
4938 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4939 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
4940 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4941 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4943 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4944 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4945 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
4946 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
4947 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
4948 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
4949 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16
4950 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
)
4952 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4953 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4956 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
== NULL
4957 && !create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
4962 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
4963 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4965 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4966 for (ent
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4967 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
4968 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4969 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4973 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4974 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4977 ent
->next
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4978 ent
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4980 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4981 ent
->is_indirect
= false;
4982 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4983 eh
->elf
.got
.glist
= ent
;
4985 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4986 eh
->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
4989 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
4990 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4991 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
4995 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4996 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
4997 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4998 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4999 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
5000 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
5003 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
5008 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
5009 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
5010 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5011 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
5012 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
5014 if (plt_list
== NULL
)
5015 plt_list
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
5017 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
5018 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
5022 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
5023 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
5024 section relative. */
5025 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
5026 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
5027 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
5028 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
5029 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
5030 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
5031 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
5032 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
5033 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
5034 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
5035 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
5036 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
5037 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
5038 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
5039 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
5040 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5041 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5042 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5047 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
5048 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
5049 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
5050 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
5051 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
5052 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
5053 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
5054 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
5055 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
5056 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
5057 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
5058 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
5059 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
5060 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
5063 /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */
5064 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
5065 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5067 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
5069 /* xgettext:c-format */
5070 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported "
5071 "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"),
5072 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
5073 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
5074 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5080 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
5081 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
5082 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
5084 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
5085 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
5086 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
5087 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
5088 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
5089 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5091 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5093 /* Strongly prefer a copy reloc over a dynamic reloc.
5094 glibc ld.so as of 2019-08 will error out if one of
5095 these relocations is emitted. */
5105 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5106 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5107 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5108 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5112 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5113 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5114 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5115 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
5120 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
5121 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
5123 asection
*dest
= NULL
;
5125 /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
5126 we are going to need a stub. */
5129 /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
5130 don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
5131 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
5132 dest
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5135 dest
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5138 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_14bit_branch
= 1;
5142 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
5143 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
5144 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
= 1;
5148 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
5149 case R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
:
5155 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
5156 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
5157 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5159 if (h
== tga
|| h
== dottga
)
5161 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5163 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSGD
5164 || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
5165 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with
5169 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
5170 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
5172 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
5175 /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
5176 refers to is in a shared lib. */
5178 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
5182 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
5183 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
5184 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
5185 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
5188 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
5189 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
5190 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5191 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5194 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
5195 if (rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5196 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
5197 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
5198 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
5200 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
5203 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
5204 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
5206 && rel
[-1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
)
5207 && rel
[-1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
- 8)
5208 /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair.
5209 Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */
5213 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5215 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
& 0xff;
5217 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
5218 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
5221 ppc64_sec
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
);
5222 if (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
5226 /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */
5227 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned);
5228 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5229 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
== NULL
)
5231 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (bfd_vma
) / 8;
5232 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5233 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
== NULL
)
5235 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
5236 ppc64_sec
->sec_type
= sec_toc
;
5238 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
% 8 == 0);
5239 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = r_symndx
;
5240 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = rel
->r_addend
;
5242 /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry.
5243 -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */
5244 if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
5245 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -1;
5246 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5247 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -2;
5250 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
5251 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
5252 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
5253 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
5254 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
5255 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5256 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5257 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5258 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5260 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
5261 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
5262 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
5263 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
5264 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
5265 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5266 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5269 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
5271 && rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5272 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5275 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5279 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
5280 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
5281 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
5282 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
5283 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
5284 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
5285 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
5286 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
5287 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
5288 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
5289 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
5290 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
5292 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
5293 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
5294 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
5295 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
5296 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
5297 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
5298 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
5300 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1
5301 && rel
->r_addend
== 0)
5303 /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a
5304 function in a shared lib. */
5305 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, 0))
5307 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
5314 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
5315 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
5316 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
5317 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
5319 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5320 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5323 /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */
5324 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
5327 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5328 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5329 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5330 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5331 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5332 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5333 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5334 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5335 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5336 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
5337 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
5338 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
5339 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
5340 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
5341 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
5344 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5345 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5346 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5350 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5351 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !h
->root
.ldscript_def
)))
5353 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5354 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5356 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
)
5357 : isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
5358 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5359 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5362 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
5363 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
5367 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5368 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 3, abfd
, /*rela?*/ true);
5374 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5375 relocations we need for this symbol. */
5378 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5379 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5381 head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) &h
->dyn_relocs
;
5383 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
5385 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5396 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5398 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
5399 && rel
->r_offset
% 2 == 0
5400 && sec
->alignment_power
!= 0)
5405 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
5406 struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5407 struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5412 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5416 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
5417 head
= (struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
5418 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
5420 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5422 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5424 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5432 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
5435 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
5436 && rel
->r_offset
% 2 == 0
5437 && sec
->alignment_power
!= 0)
5451 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
5452 object file when linking. */
5455 ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5457 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
5458 unsigned long iflags
, oflags
;
5460 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5463 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd
))
5466 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
5469 iflags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
5470 oflags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
5472 if (iflags
& ~EF_PPC64_ABI
)
5475 /* xgettext:c-format */
5476 (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd
, iflags
);
5477 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5480 else if (iflags
!= oflags
&& iflags
!= 0)
5483 /* xgettext:c-format */
5484 (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"),
5485 ibfd
, iflags
, oflags
);
5486 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5490 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
5493 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
5494 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
5498 ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
5500 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
5501 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
5503 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
!= 0)
5507 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"),
5508 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
5510 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
) != 0)
5511 fprintf (file
, _(" [abiv%ld]"),
5512 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
);
5519 /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address
5520 of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same
5521 object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */
5524 opd_entry_value (asection
*opd_sec
,
5526 asection
**code_sec
,
5530 bfd
*opd_bfd
= opd_sec
->owner
;
5531 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5532 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
, *look
;
5535 /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking
5536 at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */
5537 if (opd_sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
5539 bfd_byte
*contents
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
;
5541 if (contents
== NULL
)
5543 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, &contents
))
5544 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5545 ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
= contents
;
5548 /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */
5549 if (offset
+ 7 >= opd_sec
->size
|| offset
+ 7 < offset
)
5550 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5552 val
= bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
5553 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5555 asection
*sec
, *likely
= NULL
;
5561 && val
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
5567 for (sec
= opd_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5569 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5570 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5575 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5576 *code_off
= val
- likely
->vma
;
5582 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd
));
5584 relocs
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
;
5586 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, NULL
, NULL
, true);
5587 /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */
5589 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5591 /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */
5593 hi
= lo
+ opd_sec
->reloc_count
- 1; /* ignore last reloc */
5597 look
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
5598 if (look
->r_offset
< offset
)
5600 else if (look
->r_offset
> offset
)
5604 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd
);
5606 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
5607 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5609 unsigned long symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (look
->r_info
);
5610 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5612 if (symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
5613 && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
) != NULL
)
5615 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5616 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
5618 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
);
5619 rh
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
5622 rh
= elf_follow_link (rh
);
5623 if (rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5624 && rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5626 if (rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
== opd_bfd
)
5628 val
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5629 sec
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5636 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5638 if (symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
5640 sym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5643 size_t symcnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5644 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5649 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) sym
;
5655 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5661 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5664 BFD_ASSERT ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0);
5665 val
= sym
->st_value
;
5668 val
+= look
->r_addend
;
5669 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5671 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5673 if (in_code_sec
&& *code_sec
!= sec
)
5678 if (sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5679 val
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5688 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
5689 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
5690 otherwise return zero. */
5692 static bfd_size_type
5693 ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
5697 elf_symbol_type
* elf_sym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) sym
;
5699 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
5700 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0)
5703 size
= (sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
) ? 0 : elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5705 /* In theory we should check that the symbol's type satisfies
5706 _bfd_elf_is_function_type(), but there are some function-like
5707 symbols which would fail this test. (eg _start). Instead
5708 we check for hidden, local, notype symbols with zero size.
5709 This type of symbol is generated by the annobin plugin for gcc
5710 and clang, and should not be considered to be a function symbol. */
5712 && ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_LOCAL
)) == BSF_LOCAL
)
5713 && ELF_ST_TYPE (elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_NOTYPE
5714 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
5717 if (strcmp (sym
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
5719 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
= get_opd_info (sym
->section
);
5720 bfd_vma symval
= sym
->value
;
5723 && opd
->adjust
!= NULL
5724 && elf_section_data (sym
->section
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
5726 /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been
5727 adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local
5728 and global symbols need adjusting. */
5729 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (symval
)];
5735 if (opd_entry_value (sym
->section
, symval
,
5736 &sec
, code_off
, true) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
5738 /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd
5739 symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the
5740 function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the
5741 code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym.
5742 However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly
5743 since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway.
5744 Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any
5745 function sym found at the code address of interest, so return
5746 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size
5747 for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong
5748 size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is
5749 disable caching for such functions. */
5755 if (sym
->section
!= sec
)
5757 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
5760 /* Do not return 0 for the function's size. */
5761 return size
? size
: 1;
5764 /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2
5765 object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry
5766 point coincides with its global entry point. */
5769 is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5772 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
5773 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5774 && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& h
->other
) == 0
5775 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
5776 && is_ppc64_elf (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
5777 && abiversion (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
) >= 2);
5780 /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */
5783 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5785 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5786 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5787 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
5788 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
5791 /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code
5792 entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5794 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5795 defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
)
5797 if (fdh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5799 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
->oh
);
5800 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5801 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5807 /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated
5808 function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5810 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5811 defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
5814 && fh
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5816 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fh
->oh
);
5817 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5818 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5824 /* Given H is a symbol that satisfies is_static_defined, return the
5825 value in the output file. */
5828 defined_sym_val (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5830 return (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
5831 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
5832 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
5835 /* Return true if H matches __tls_get_addr or one of its variants. */
5838 is_tls_get_addr (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5839 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
5841 return (h
== elf_hash_entry (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
)
5842 || h
== elf_hash_entry (htab
->tga_desc_fd
)
5843 || h
== elf_hash_entry (htab
->tls_get_addr
)
5844 || h
== elf_hash_entry (htab
->tga_desc
));
5847 static bool func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
5849 /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */
5852 ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5854 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5856 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
5858 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
5859 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
5861 return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd
, info
);
5864 /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */
5867 ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5869 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5870 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
5875 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
5877 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
;
5880 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
->name
,
5881 false, false, true));
5884 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5885 && eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5888 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5891 sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5892 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5894 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5895 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5896 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5897 &sec
, NULL
, false) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5898 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5900 sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5901 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5905 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
5906 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
5910 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5912 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
5913 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5914 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
5915 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
5917 /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */
5918 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5922 if ((eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5923 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5924 && (!eh
->elf
.start_stop
5925 || eh
->elf
.root
.ldscript_def
5926 || !info
->start_stop_gc
)
5927 && ((eh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
&& !eh
->elf
.forced_local
)
5928 || ((eh
->elf
.def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh
->elf
))
5929 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_INTERNAL
5930 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_HIDDEN
5931 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
5932 || info
->gc_keep_exported
5933 || info
->export_dynamic
5936 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
,
5937 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))
5938 && (eh
->elf
.versioned
>= versioned
5939 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
5940 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))))
5943 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
5945 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5947 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5948 function code sym section to be marked. */
5949 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5952 code_sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5953 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5955 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5956 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5957 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5958 &code_sec
, NULL
, false) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5959 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5965 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
5969 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
5970 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5971 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5972 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5973 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
5977 /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all
5978 function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */
5980 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
5985 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
5986 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
, *fdh
;
5988 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
5991 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5992 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5996 switch (h
->root
.type
)
5998 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
5999 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
6000 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6001 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
6004 /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on
6005 a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too
6006 against garbage collection. */
6008 if (fdh
->elf
.is_weakalias
)
6009 weakdef (&fdh
->elf
)->mark
= 1;
6013 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
6014 function code sym section to be marked. */
6015 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
6018 /* They also mark their opd section. */
6019 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
6021 rsec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6023 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6024 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6025 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6026 &rsec
, NULL
, false) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6027 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
6029 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6032 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
6033 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
6037 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
6043 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
6045 rsec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6046 opd
= get_opd_info (rsec
);
6047 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->func_sec
!= NULL
)
6051 rsec
= opd
->func_sec
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
)];
6058 /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */
6059 #define SFPR_MAX (218*4)
6061 struct sfpr_def_parms
6063 const char name
[12];
6064 unsigned char lo
, hi
;
6065 bfd_byte
*(*write_ent
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
6066 bfd_byte
*(*write_tail
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
6069 /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr.
6070 If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC
6074 sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6075 const struct sfpr_def_parms
*parm
,
6078 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6080 size_t len
= strlen (parm
->name
);
6081 bool writing
= false;
6087 memcpy (sym
, parm
->name
, len
);
6090 for (i
= parm
->lo
; i
<= parm
->hi
; i
++)
6092 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6094 sym
[len
+ 0] = i
/ 10 + '0';
6095 sym
[len
+ 1] = i
% 10 + '0';
6096 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
,
6097 writing
, true, true));
6098 if (stub_sec
!= NULL
)
6101 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6102 && h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
6104 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*s
;
6106 sprintf (buf
, "%08x.%s", stub_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff, sym
);
6107 s
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, buf
, true, true, false);
6110 if (s
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
6112 s
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6113 s
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
6114 s
->root
.u
.def
.value
= (stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
6115 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
);
6118 s
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
6119 s
->forced_local
= 1;
6121 s
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6129 if (!h
->elf
.def_regular
)
6131 h
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6132 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sfpr
;
6133 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
6134 h
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
6135 h
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
6137 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->elf
, true);
6139 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
6141 htab
->sfpr
->contents
6142 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, SFPR_MAX
);
6143 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
6150 bfd_byte
*p
= htab
->sfpr
->contents
+ htab
->sfpr
->size
;
6152 p
= (*parm
->write_ent
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
6154 p
= (*parm
->write_tail
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
6155 htab
->sfpr
->size
= p
- htab
->sfpr
->contents
;
6163 savegpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6165 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6170 savegpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6172 p
= savegpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6173 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6175 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6180 restgpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6182 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6187 restgpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6189 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6191 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6192 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6196 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 30);
6197 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 31);
6199 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6204 savegpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6206 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6211 savegpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6213 p
= savegpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6214 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6219 restgpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6221 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6226 restgpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6228 p
= restgpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6229 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6234 savefpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6236 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6241 savefpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6243 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6244 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6246 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6251 restfpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6253 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6258 restfpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6260 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6262 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6263 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6267 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 30);
6268 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 31);
6270 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6275 savefpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6277 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6278 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6283 restfpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6285 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6286 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6291 savevr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6293 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6295 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6300 savevr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6302 p
= savevr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6303 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6308 restvr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6310 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6312 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6317 restvr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6319 p
= restvr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6320 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6324 #define STDU_R1_0R1 0xf8210001
6325 #define ADDI_R1_R1 0x38210000
6327 /* Emit prologue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6328 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6331 tls_get_addr_prologue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6335 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
6337 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ 16, p
);
6342 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6345 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(13 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6348 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-128 & 0xffff), p
);
6353 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6356 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(12 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6359 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-96 & 0xffff), p
);
6365 /* Emit epilogue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6366 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6369 tls_get_addr_epilogue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6375 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6377 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (128 - (13 - i
) * 8), p
);
6380 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 128, p
);
6385 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6387 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (96 - (12 - i
) * 8), p
);
6390 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 96, p
);
6393 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| 16, p
);
6395 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6397 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
6402 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking
6403 information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding
6404 function descriptor symbol entries. Must not be called twice for
6405 any given code symbol. */
6408 func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
6410 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6411 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6412 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
6413 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
6416 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6417 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6423 if (fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.'
6424 || fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[1] == '\0')
6428 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6432 /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */
6433 fdh
= lookup_fdh (fh
, htab
);
6435 /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value
6436 in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object.
6437 This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions
6438 in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */
6439 if ((fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6440 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6441 && (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6442 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6443 && get_opd_info (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6444 && opd_entry_value (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6445 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6446 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6447 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
, false) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6449 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= fdh
->elf
.root
.type
;
6450 fh
->elf
.forced_local
= 1;
6451 fh
->elf
.def_regular
= fdh
->elf
.def_regular
;
6452 fh
->elf
.def_dynamic
= fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
;
6455 if (!fh
->elf
.dynamic
)
6457 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6459 for (ent
= fh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6460 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6464 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& fdh
->fake
)
6465 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, true);
6470 /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */
6472 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
6473 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6474 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6476 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, fh
);
6481 /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */
6484 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6485 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6486 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, true);
6488 /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */
6491 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
6492 fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
6493 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
6494 fdh
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= fh
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
6495 fdh
->elf
.dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.dynamic
;
6496 fdh
->elf
.needs_plt
|= (fh
->elf
.needs_plt
6497 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_FUNC
6498 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
6499 move_plt_plist (fh
, fdh
);
6501 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
6502 && fh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
6503 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
6507 /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the
6508 function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we
6509 don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local.
6510 This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have
6511 been imported from another library. Function code syms that
6512 are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the
6513 linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */
6514 force_local
= (!fh
->elf
.def_regular
6516 || !fdh
->elf
.def_regular
6517 || fdh
->elf
.forced_local
);
6518 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6523 static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs
[] =
6525 { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0
, savegpr0_tail
},
6526 { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6527 { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6528 { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1
, savegpr1_tail
},
6529 { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1
, restgpr1_tail
},
6530 { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr0_tail
},
6531 { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6532 { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6533 { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr1_tail
},
6534 { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr
, restfpr1_tail
},
6535 { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr
, savevr_tail
},
6536 { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr
, restvr_tail
}
6539 /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use
6540 this hook to a) run the edit functions in this file, b) provide
6541 some gcc support functions, and c) transfer dynamic linking
6542 information gathered so far on function code symbol entries, to
6543 their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */
6546 ppc64_elf_edit (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6548 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6550 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6554 /* Call back into the linker, which then runs the edit functions. */
6555 htab
->params
->edit ();
6557 /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */
6558 if (htab
->sfpr
!= NULL
)
6562 htab
->sfpr
->size
= 0;
6563 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
6564 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], NULL
))
6566 if (htab
->sfpr
->size
== 0)
6567 htab
->sfpr
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6570 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
6573 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6575 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, htab
->elf
.hgot
, true);
6576 /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic.
6577 The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */
6578 if (!htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
6579 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
6581 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6582 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6583 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6584 htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
= 1;
6585 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6587 htab
->elf
.hgot
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6588 htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
6589 = (htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
6595 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
6596 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
6597 size_dynamic_sections. */
6600 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6602 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6605 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
6607 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
6609 while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
6614 /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
6617 pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
)
6619 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6621 for (p
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*) eh
->elf
.dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6622 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
6627 /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid
6628 for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */
6631 global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6633 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
6635 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6639 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
6640 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0
6641 && pent
->addend
== 0)
6647 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6648 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6649 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6650 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6654 ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6655 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6657 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6660 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6664 /* Deal with function syms. */
6665 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6666 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6669 bool local
= (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->save_res
6670 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6671 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
6672 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
6673 function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic
6674 relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a
6675 plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call
6676 stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol
6677 is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at
6678 run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The
6679 dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static
6681 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
6682 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6684 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6686 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
6687 won't need a .plt entry. */
6688 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6689 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6690 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6693 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6695 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
6696 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
6697 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
6699 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6701 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6703 else if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) >= 2)
6705 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
6706 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
6707 executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can
6708 be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic
6709 relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a
6710 few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes
6711 extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */
6712 if (global_entry_stub (h
))
6714 if (!_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6716 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6717 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
6718 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6720 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6722 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
6723 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
6724 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
6725 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6728 /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
6731 else if (!h
->needs_plt
6732 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6734 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an
6735 ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6736 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6737 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6742 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6744 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6745 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6746 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6747 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
6749 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
6750 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6751 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6752 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6753 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
6754 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
6755 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6759 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
6760 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
6761 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
6762 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
6763 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
6766 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
6767 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
6768 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
6771 /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */
6772 if (!h
->def_dynamic
|| !h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_regular
6774 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */
6775 || info
->nocopyreloc
6777 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
6778 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
6779 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
6781 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6783 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
6784 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
6785 definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable
6786 to an incorrect program. */
6787 || h
->protected_def
)
6790 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6791 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6793 /* .dynbss copies of function symbols only work if we have
6794 ELFv1 dot-symbols. ELFv1 compilers since 2004 default to not
6795 use dot-symbols and set the function symbol size to the text
6796 size of the function rather than the size of the descriptor.
6797 That's wrong for copying a descriptor. */
6798 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
== NULL
6799 || !(h
->size
== 24 || h
->size
== 16))
6802 /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are old
6803 versions of gcc (circa gcc-3.2) that improperly for the
6804 ELFv1 ABI put initialized function pointers, vtable refs and
6805 suchlike in read-only sections. Allow them to proceed, but
6806 warn that this might break at runtime. */
6807 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6808 (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; "
6809 "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"),
6810 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6813 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6814 is not a function. */
6816 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
6817 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
6818 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
6819 object will contain position independent code, so all references
6820 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
6821 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
6822 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
6823 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
6824 same memory location for the variable. */
6825 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6827 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
6828 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
6832 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
6833 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
6835 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
6837 /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
6838 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
6839 and into the runtime process image. */
6840 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
6844 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
6845 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6846 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
6849 /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code
6850 sym and the descriptor. */
6852 ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6853 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6856 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6857 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
6859 if (ppc_hash_table (info
) == NULL
)
6862 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6863 if (eh
->is_func_descriptor
)
6865 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= eh
->oh
;
6870 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6873 /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on
6874 systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty
6875 calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash
6876 when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a
6877 return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an
6878 error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely
6879 accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table,
6880 or allocated in an objalloc structure. */
6882 p
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
- 1;
6885 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, false,
6889 /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were
6890 looking for was allocated immediately before this string,
6891 then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only
6892 reason the lookup should fail. */
6895 q
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ strlen (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
6896 while (q
>= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *q
== *p
)
6898 if (q
< eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *p
== '.')
6899 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, false,
6909 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6914 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
6915 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
6917 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6918 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6919 unsigned long r_symndx
,
6922 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
6924 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6926 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
6927 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6929 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6930 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
6938 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6940 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
6941 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6942 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6943 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6947 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6948 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
6952 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6953 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
6955 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6957 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6958 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6959 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6960 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
6961 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
6962 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6964 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
6966 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
6974 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6975 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6977 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6979 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
6980 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
6983 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
6984 if (lgot_ents
!= NULL
)
6986 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6987 (lgot_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6988 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
6989 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6990 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
6992 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
6998 /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on
6999 error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD
7000 type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */
7003 get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
7004 unsigned long *toc_symndx
,
7005 bfd_vma
*toc_addend
,
7006 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
7007 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7010 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7012 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7013 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7017 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7018 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7021 if ((*tls_maskp
!= NULL
7022 && (**tls_maskp
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7023 && **tls_maskp
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
7025 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) == NULL
7026 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
7029 /* Look inside a TOC section too. */
7032 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
7033 off
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7036 off
= sym
->st_value
;
7037 off
+= rel
->r_addend
;
7038 BFD_ASSERT (off
% 8 == 0);
7039 r_symndx
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8];
7040 next_r
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8 + 1];
7041 if (toc_symndx
!= NULL
)
7042 *toc_symndx
= r_symndx
;
7043 if (toc_addend
!= NULL
)
7044 *toc_addend
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.add
[off
/ 8];
7045 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7047 if ((h
== NULL
|| is_static_defined (h
))
7048 && (next_r
== -1 || next_r
== -2))
7053 /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */
7055 static struct tocsave_entry
*
7056 tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
7057 enum insert_option insert
,
7058 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
7059 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
,
7062 unsigned long r_indx
;
7063 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7064 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7065 struct tocsave_entry ent
, *p
;
7067 struct tocsave_entry
**slot
;
7069 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
7070 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &ent
.sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_indx
, ibfd
))
7072 if (ent
.sec
== NULL
|| ent
.sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
7075 (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd
);
7080 ent
.offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7082 ent
.offset
= sym
->st_value
;
7083 ent
.offset
+= irela
->r_addend
;
7085 hash
= tocsave_htab_hash (&ent
);
7086 slot
= ((struct tocsave_entry
**)
7087 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
->tocsave_htab
, &ent
, hash
, insert
));
7093 p
= (struct tocsave_entry
*) bfd_alloc (ibfd
, sizeof (*p
));
7102 /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated
7103 code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */
7106 adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7108 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
7110 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7112 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7115 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7116 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7119 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
7120 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
7123 sym_sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
7124 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
7125 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
7127 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
)];
7130 /* This entry has been deleted. */
7131 asection
*dsec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
;
7134 for (dsec
= sym_sec
->owner
->sections
; dsec
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
7135 if (discarded_section (dsec
))
7137 ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
= dsec
;
7141 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7142 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= dsec
;
7145 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
+= adjust
;
7146 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7151 /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by
7152 R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM
7153 have already been determined. */
7156 dec_dynrel_count (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7158 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7159 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
7160 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7161 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7163 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7164 asection
*sym_sec
= NULL
;
7166 /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here
7167 should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */
7168 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7175 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
7176 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
7177 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
7178 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
7179 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
7184 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
7185 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
7186 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
7187 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
7188 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
7189 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
7190 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
7191 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
7192 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
7193 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
7194 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
7195 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
7196 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
7197 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
7198 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
7199 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
7200 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
7204 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
7205 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7206 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7207 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
7208 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
7209 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
7210 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
7211 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
7212 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
7213 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
7214 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
7215 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
7216 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
7217 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
7218 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
7219 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
7220 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
7221 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
7222 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
7223 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
7226 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
7227 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
7228 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
7229 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
7230 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
7231 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
7232 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
7237 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
7239 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7240 bfd
*ibfd
= sec
->owner
;
7242 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7243 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7248 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
7249 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !h
->root
.ldscript_def
)))
7251 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7252 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7254 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
)
7255 : sym_sec
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7256 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7257 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7259 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
7260 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))
7267 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7268 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7269 pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) &h
->dyn_relocs
;
7271 /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated
7272 with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are
7273 changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't
7274 report a dynreloc miscount. */
7275 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7278 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7282 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7284 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
7285 && rel
->r_offset
% 2 == 0
7286 && sec
->alignment_power
!= 0)
7298 struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7299 struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7303 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
7304 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7305 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
7308 vpp
= &elf_section_data (sym_sec
)->local_dynrel
;
7309 pp
= (struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
7311 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7314 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7315 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7317 if (p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
== is_ifunc
)
7319 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
7320 && rel
->r_offset
% 2 == 0
7321 && sec
->alignment_power
!= 0)
7332 /* xgettext:c-format */
7333 _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"),
7335 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7339 /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we
7340 only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once
7341 sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It
7342 would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked
7346 ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7349 bool some_edited
= false;
7350 asection
*need_pad
= NULL
;
7351 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7353 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7357 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7360 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7361 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7362 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7363 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7364 bool need_edit
, add_aux_fields
, broken
;
7365 bfd_size_type cnt_16b
= 0;
7367 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7370 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
7371 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->size
== 0)
7374 if (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
7377 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7380 /* Look through the section relocs. */
7381 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
7385 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7387 /* Read the relocations. */
7388 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7390 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7393 /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to
7394 determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */
7398 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7399 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7401 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7402 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7404 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7405 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7408 /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're
7409 only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry
7411 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7412 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7413 || rel
[1].r_offset
!= offset
+ 8)
7415 /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a
7416 "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd.
7417 Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting
7418 something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd
7419 optimization for them! */
7422 (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd
);
7427 if ((r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64
7428 || (r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_TOC
)
7431 /* xgettext:c-format */
7432 (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"),
7438 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7439 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7443 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7445 const char *sym_name
;
7447 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7449 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
,
7453 /* xgettext:c-format */
7454 (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"),
7460 /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the
7461 current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the
7462 input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this
7463 bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another
7464 bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are
7465 discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/,
7466 which we test for via the output_section. */
7467 if (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7468 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7472 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7473 || (rel
+ 2 < relend
7474 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7479 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 24)
7484 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 16)
7491 else if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7492 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[0].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
7493 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
7495 if (rel
[0].r_offset
== offset
+ 16)
7497 else if (rel
[0].r_offset
!= offset
+ 24)
7504 add_aux_fields
= htab
->params
->non_overlapping_opd
&& cnt_16b
> 0;
7506 if (!broken
&& (need_edit
|| add_aux_fields
))
7508 Elf_Internal_Rela
*write_rel
;
7509 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7510 bfd_byte
*rptr
, *wptr
;
7511 bfd_byte
*new_contents
;
7514 new_contents
= NULL
;
7515 amt
= OPD_NDX (sec
->size
) * sizeof (long);
7516 opd
= &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
7517 opd
->adjust
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, amt
);
7518 if (opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
7521 /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all
7522 zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason
7523 this will always be so. We might start putting something in
7524 the third word of .opd entries. */
7525 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7528 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, sec
, &loc
))
7532 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7534 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7538 sec
->contents
= loc
;
7539 sec
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7542 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
7544 new_contents
= sec
->contents
;
7547 new_contents
= bfd_malloc (sec
->size
+ cnt_16b
* 8);
7548 if (new_contents
== NULL
)
7552 wptr
= new_contents
;
7553 rptr
= sec
->contents
;
7554 write_rel
= relstart
;
7555 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7557 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7559 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7560 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= NULL
;
7561 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7563 Elf_Internal_Rela
*next_rel
;
7566 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7567 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7572 if (next_rel
+ 1 == relend
7573 || (next_rel
+ 2 < relend
7574 && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7577 /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or
7578 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next
7581 if (next_rel
== relend
)
7583 if (sec
->size
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7586 else if (next_rel
->r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7590 && h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.')
7592 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
;
7595 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
7596 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7597 && fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7602 skip
= (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7603 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
);
7606 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->owner
== ibfd
)
7608 /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym
7610 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7611 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= sym_sec
;
7613 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = -1;
7615 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7620 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
, sec
, info
,
7624 if (++rel
== next_rel
)
7627 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7628 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7635 /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */
7640 /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to
7641 this location in the opd section. It is
7642 necessary to update the value here rather
7643 than using an array of adjustments as we do
7644 for local symbols, because various places
7645 in the generic ELF code use the value
7646 stored in u.def.value. */
7647 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7648 fdh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7651 /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could
7652 tweak them as they can be cached, but
7653 we'd need to look through the local syms
7654 for the function descriptor sym which we
7655 don't have at the moment. So keep an
7656 array of adjustments. */
7657 adjust
= (wptr
- new_contents
) - (rptr
- sec
->contents
);
7658 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = adjust
;
7661 memcpy (wptr
, rptr
, opd_ent_size
);
7662 wptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7663 if (add_aux_fields
&& opd_ent_size
== 16)
7665 memset (wptr
, '\0', 8);
7669 /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the
7671 for ( ; rel
!= next_rel
; ++rel
)
7673 rel
->r_offset
+= adjust
;
7674 if (write_rel
!= rel
)
7675 memcpy (write_rel
, rel
, sizeof (*rel
));
7680 rptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7683 sec
->size
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7684 sec
->reloc_count
= write_rel
- relstart
;
7687 free (sec
->contents
);
7688 sec
->contents
= new_contents
;
7691 /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in
7692 elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */
7693 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec
);
7694 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= sec
->reloc_count
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
7697 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7700 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7701 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7703 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7706 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7711 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_opd_syms
, NULL
);
7713 /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte
7714 long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */
7715 if (need_pad
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7719 if ((need_pad
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7721 BFD_ASSERT (need_pad
->size
> 0);
7723 p
= bfd_malloc (need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7727 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad
->owner
, need_pad
,
7728 p
, 0, need_pad
->size
))
7731 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7732 need_pad
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7736 p
= bfd_realloc (need_pad
->contents
, need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7740 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7743 memset (need_pad
->contents
+ need_pad
->size
, 0, 8);
7744 need_pad
->size
+= 8;
7750 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
7751 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
7754 ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7756 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7759 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
7761 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7765 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
7766 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
7767 between the call and its destination. */
7768 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
7770 limit
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
7776 limit
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
7783 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7784 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
7786 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
7788 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
7789 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
7792 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
7793 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
7795 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
7797 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
7801 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
7802 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
7803 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
7804 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
7805 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
7806 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
7807 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
7808 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
7809 particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
7810 call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in
7811 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
7812 together except their symbol. */
7814 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7816 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7817 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7819 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7823 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7825 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7826 if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
7827 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7829 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7831 /* Read the relocations. */
7832 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7834 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7837 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7838 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7840 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7841 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7843 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7844 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7845 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
7847 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7848 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
7849 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
7852 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7853 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
7856 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7858 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (bfd_byte
*) local_syms
)
7863 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7867 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7870 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
7871 + sym_sec
->output_offset
7872 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7873 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7874 + sec
->output_offset
7875 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7876 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
7877 && !(r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
7878 && (((h
? h
->other
: sym
->st_other
)
7879 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
7880 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
7881 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
7884 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7888 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7889 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7891 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7894 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7901 /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and various other info specific to TLS.
7902 This needs to run before dynamic symbols are processed in
7903 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. */
7906 ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7908 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7909 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *tga_fd
, *desc
, *desc_fd
;
7911 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7915 /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */
7916 if (htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
7918 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
7919 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
7922 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 1)
7925 if (htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
)
7926 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 0;
7927 else if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
7928 htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
= 1;
7930 /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems
7931 with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and
7932 libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback
7933 implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more
7934 work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy
7935 is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is
7936 localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8.
7937 An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary
7938 libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not
7939 running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so
7940 fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there
7941 are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the
7942 pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where
7943 --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */
7944 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
< 0)
7945 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7946 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
&& htab
->has_power10_relocs
)
7948 /* The issue is that __glink_PLTresolve saves r2, which is done
7949 because glibc ld.so _dl_runtime_resolve restores r2 to support
7950 a glibc plt call optimisation where global entry code is
7951 skipped on calls that resolve to the same binary. The
7952 __glink_PLTresolve save of r2 is incompatible with code
7953 making tail calls, because the tail call might go via the
7954 resolver and thus overwrite the proper saved r2. */
7955 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: --plt-localentry is incompatible with "
7956 "power10 pc-relative code"));
7957 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7959 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
7960 && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "GLIBC_2.26",
7961 false, false, false) == NULL
)
7963 (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without "
7964 "ld.so support to detect ABI violations"));
7966 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
7967 false, false, true);
7968 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga
);
7969 tga_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
7970 false, false, true);
7971 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga_fd
);
7973 desc
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_desc",
7974 false, false, true);
7975 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc
);
7976 desc_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_desc",
7977 false, false, true);
7978 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc_fd
);
7980 if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
7982 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *opt_fd
;
7984 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_opt",
7985 false, false, true);
7986 opt_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
7987 false, false, true);
7989 && (opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7990 || opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7992 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
7993 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
7994 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
7995 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
7996 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7998 && (tga_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7999 || tga_fd
->needs_plt
)
8000 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga_fd
)
8001 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga_fd
))))
8003 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
8005 && (desc_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
8006 || desc_fd
->needs_plt
)
8007 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, desc_fd
)
8008 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, desc_fd
))))
8011 if (tga_fd
!= NULL
|| desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8013 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8016 for (ent
= tga_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8017 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8019 if (ent
== NULL
&& desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8020 for (ent
= desc_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8021 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8027 tga_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
8028 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
8029 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
8030 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, tga_fd
);
8032 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8034 desc_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
8035 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
8036 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
8037 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, desc_fd
);
8040 if (opt_fd
->dynindx
!= -1)
8042 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
8043 opt_fd
->dynindx
= -1;
8044 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
8045 opt_fd
->dynstr_index
);
8046 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt_fd
))
8051 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
8052 tga
= elf_hash_entry (htab
->tls_get_addr
);
8053 if (opt
!= NULL
&& tga
!= NULL
)
8055 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
8056 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
8057 tga
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
8058 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
8060 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
8062 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
8064 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
8065 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
8066 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8068 htab
->tls_get_addr
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
;
8069 htab
->tls_get_addr
->is_func
= 1;
8072 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8074 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
8075 if (opt
!= NULL
&& desc
!= NULL
)
8077 desc
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
8078 desc
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
8079 desc
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
8080 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, desc
);
8082 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
8083 desc
->forced_local
);
8084 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
8086 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc
;
8087 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
8088 if (htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
8090 htab
->tga_desc
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
;
8091 htab
->tga_desc
->is_func
= 1;
8097 else if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
< 0)
8098 htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
= 0;
8101 if (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
8102 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
8103 && htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
== -1)
8104 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
= 0;
8109 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
8110 any of HASH1, HASH2, HASH3, or HASH4. */
8113 branch_reloc_hash_match (bfd
*ibfd
,
8114 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8115 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash1
,
8116 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash2
,
8117 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash3
,
8118 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash4
)
8120 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8121 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8122 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8124 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
8126 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
8127 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8129 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
8130 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
8131 if (h
== elf_hash_entry (hash1
)
8132 || h
== elf_hash_entry (hash2
)
8133 || h
== elf_hash_entry (hash3
)
8134 || h
== elf_hash_entry (hash4
))
8140 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
8141 opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do
8142 a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment
8143 offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need
8144 to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating
8145 dynamic relocations. */
8148 ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8152 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8153 unsigned char *toc_ref
;
8156 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
8159 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8163 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
8165 /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc
8166 entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs
8167 involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by
8168 such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization.
8169 On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify
8170 relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got
8171 and plt refcounts. */
8173 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
8174 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8176 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= NULL
;
8177 asection
*toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8179 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8180 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
8182 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
8183 bool found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8185 /* Read the relocations. */
8186 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8188 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8194 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8195 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
8197 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8198 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8199 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8200 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8202 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
8203 unsigned int tls_set
, tls_clear
, tls_type
= 0;
8205 bool ok_tprel
, is_local
;
8206 long toc_ref_index
= 0;
8207 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
8210 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8211 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_mask
, &locsyms
,
8215 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8218 if (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
8219 != (unsigned char *) locsyms
)
8226 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8227 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8228 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8229 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8233 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8238 /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type
8239 STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */
8240 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8243 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
8247 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8249 else if (sym_sec
!= NULL
8250 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8252 value
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8253 value
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8254 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8255 /* Note that even though the prefix insns
8256 allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test
8257 as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of
8258 pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision
8259 to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS
8261 ok_tprel
= value
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 1ULL << 32;
8265 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8266 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8267 without marker relocs, then check that each
8268 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
8269 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
8270 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
8271 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
8273 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8275 && is_tls_get_addr (h
, htab
)
8276 && !found_tls_get_addr_arg
8277 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
8279 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
8280 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8281 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8286 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8289 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8290 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8291 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
8292 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8293 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8296 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
8297 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8298 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
8299 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
8300 that turns out to be the case. */
8307 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
8310 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8311 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8312 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
8313 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8314 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8317 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
8318 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8324 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
8326 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
8329 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
8330 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
8331 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
8332 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
8333 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8338 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8339 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
8349 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8350 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
8353 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8355 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8356 != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
))
8358 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
8359 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &locsyms
,
8364 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8366 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
;
8369 if (ent
->addend
== rel
[1].r_addend
)
8373 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8374 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8379 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8384 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8385 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
!= toc
)
8388 /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS
8389 code sequence. We can do that now in the
8390 case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for
8391 tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */
8392 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8394 = bfd_zmalloc (toc
->output_section
->rawsize
/ 8);
8395 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8399 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8401 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8402 value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8405 BFD_ASSERT (value
< toc
->size
8406 && toc
->output_offset
% 8 == 0);
8407 toc_ref_index
= (value
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8;
8408 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
8409 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
8410 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
)
8412 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8416 if (pass
!= 0 && toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] == 0)
8421 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
8424 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
8428 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8433 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8434 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8439 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
8443 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8445 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8447 == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
))
8448 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
8452 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
;
8455 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
| TLS_GDIE
;
8464 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8469 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
8472 unsigned char buf
[4];
8474 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
8475 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
8478 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
8479 /* addis rt,13,imm */
8480 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
8481 != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16)))
8483 /* xgettext:c-format */
8484 info
->callbacks
->minfo
8485 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
8486 ibfd
, sec
, off
, "R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA", insn
);
8487 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
8492 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
8493 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
8494 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
8495 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
8496 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
8497 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
8498 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
8499 /* These can all be used in sequences along with
8500 TPREL16_LO or TPREL16_LO_DS in ways we aren't
8501 able to verify easily. */
8502 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 0;
8511 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
8512 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8515 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8516 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
8517 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
8522 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
8524 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
8525 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
8528 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, NULL
, NULL
,
8533 if (toc_tls
!= NULL
)
8535 if ((*toc_tls
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
8536 && ((*toc_tls
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0))
8537 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8539 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8545 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
8546 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
8547 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
8548 the entire optimization. */
8549 /* xgettext:c-format */
8550 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
8551 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8552 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8557 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8558 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
8559 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
8560 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
8561 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
8562 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
8563 Disable optimization in this case. */
8564 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
8565 && (tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0
8566 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8567 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
8568 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
8571 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8573 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8575 if (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
)
8576 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8579 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8582 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8583 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8586 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8589 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8590 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8593 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8596 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
8597 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8600 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8604 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8605 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8611 if ((tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0)
8613 struct got_entry
*ent
;
8615 /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */
8619 ent
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
)[r_symndx
];
8621 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8622 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
8623 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
8624 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
8631 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
8632 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
8633 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
8638 /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then
8639 we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */
8640 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
, sec
, info
,
8644 if (tls_set
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
))
8646 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
+ 1, sec
, info
,
8652 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
& 0xff;
8653 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
8656 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8661 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
!= (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
8663 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
8666 elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
= (unsigned char *) locsyms
;
8674 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust
8675 the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
8676 edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
8677 sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
8678 edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
8680 struct adjust_toc_info
8683 unsigned long *skip
;
8684 bool global_toc_syms
;
8687 enum toc_skip_enum
{ ref_from_discarded
= 1, can_optimize
= 2 };
8690 adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8692 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8693 struct adjust_toc_info
*toc_inf
= (struct adjust_toc_info
*) inf
;
8696 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8697 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8700 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
8701 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
8704 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== toc_inf
->toc
)
8706 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
> toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
)
8707 i
= toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
8709 i
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
>> 3;
8711 if ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
8714 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
8717 while ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0);
8718 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
8721 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
-= toc_inf
->skip
[i
];
8722 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
8724 else if (strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->name
, ".toc") == 0)
8725 toc_inf
->global_toc_syms
= true;
8730 /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect
8731 on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */
8734 ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn
, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
8736 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */
8737 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
8738 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
8739 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
8740 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
8741 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
8742 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
8743 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
8744 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
8745 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
8746 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
8747 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
8748 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
8749 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
8750 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
8751 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */
8752 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */
8753 /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever
8754 defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those
8755 will need testing too. */
8756 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8757 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */
8759 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */
8760 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */
8761 /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */
8762 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8763 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */
8764 && (insn
& 1) == 0));
8767 /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns:
8768 pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel
8769 load/store rt,off(ra)
8772 load/store rt,off(ra)
8773 may be translated to
8774 pload/pstore rt,symbol+off@pcrel
8776 This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing
8777 the prefix insn in *PINSN1, a NOP in *PINSN2 and the offset in *POFF.
8779 On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that
8780 the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn,
8781 while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */
8784 xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1
, uint64_t *pinsn2
, bfd_signed_vma
*poff
)
8786 uint64_t insn1
= *pinsn1
;
8787 uint64_t insn2
= *pinsn2
;
8790 if ((insn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
8792 /* Check that regs match. */
8793 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8796 /* P8LS or PMLS form, non-pcrel. */
8797 if ((insn2
& (-1ULL << 50) & ~(1ULL << 56)) != (1ULL << 58))
8800 *pinsn1
= (insn2
& ~(31 << 16) & ~0x3ffff0000ffffULL
) | (1ULL << 52);
8802 off
= ((insn2
>> 16) & 0x3ffff0000ULL
) | (insn2
& 0xffff);
8803 *poff
= (off
^ 0x200000000ULL
) - 0x200000000ULL
;
8809 /* Check that regs match. */
8810 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8813 switch ((insn2
>> 26) & 63)
8829 /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix
8831 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
8832 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8833 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8836 case 58: /* lwa, ld */
8837 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8839 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8840 | (insn2
& 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26)
8841 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8842 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8845 case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */
8846 if ((insn2
& 3) < 2)
8848 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8849 | ((40ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8850 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8851 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8854 case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */
8855 if ((insn2
& 3) == 0)
8857 else if ((insn2
& 3) >= 2)
8859 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8860 | ((44ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8861 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8862 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8866 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8867 | ((50ULL | (insn2
& 4) | ((insn2
& 8) >> 3)) << 26)
8868 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8869 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8874 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8875 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8876 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8879 case 6: /* lxvp, stxvp */
8880 if ((insn2
& 0xe) != 0)
8882 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8883 | ((insn2
& 1) == 0 ? 58ULL << 26 : 62ULL << 26)
8884 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8885 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8888 case 62: /* std, stq */
8889 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8891 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8892 | ((insn2
& 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26)
8893 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8894 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8899 *pinsn2
= (uint64_t) NOP
<< 32;
8900 *poff
= (off
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8904 /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove
8905 unused .toc entries. */
8908 ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8911 struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf
;
8912 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8914 htab
->do_toc_opt
= 1;
8915 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= true;
8916 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8918 asection
*toc
, *sec
;
8919 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8920 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
8921 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *toc_relocs
;
8922 unsigned long *skip
, *drop
;
8923 unsigned char *used
;
8924 unsigned char *keep
, last
, some_unused
;
8926 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
8929 toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8932 || toc
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
8933 || discarded_section (toc
))
8938 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8940 /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */
8943 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8945 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8946 || !discarded_section (sec
)
8947 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8948 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8949 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8952 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, false);
8953 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8956 /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be
8958 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8960 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8961 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8963 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8964 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8967 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8974 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8975 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8976 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8977 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8978 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8982 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8983 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8991 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8993 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8994 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8996 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8999 /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes.
9000 If not, don't mark as unused. */
9006 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
9011 skip
[val
>> 3] = ref_from_discarded
;
9014 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9018 /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert
9019 . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha
9020 . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx)
9022 . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha
9023 . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l
9024 when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means
9025 that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */
9027 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
9028 && toc
->output_section
->rawsize
< (bfd_vma
) 1 << 31
9029 && toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
9031 /* Read toc relocs. */
9032 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
9034 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9037 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9039 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9040 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9042 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9043 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9046 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9047 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
9050 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9051 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9056 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9057 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9060 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9061 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
9062 && sym_sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
9067 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9069 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9073 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9075 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9077 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9078 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9080 /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we
9081 know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't
9082 optimize if the difference from any possible toc
9083 pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */
9084 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
9085 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
9088 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ toc
->output_section
->rawsize
;
9089 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
9094 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
9099 skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9100 |= can_optimize
| ((rel
- toc_relocs
) << 2);
9107 used
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used
) * (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8);
9111 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9114 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9116 if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9122 /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc.
9123 Check the toc itself last. */
9124 for (sec
= (ibfd
->sections
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
9127 sec
= (sec
== toc
? NULL
9128 : sec
->next
== NULL
? toc
9129 : sec
->next
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
9134 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9135 || discarded_section (sec
)
9136 || get_opd_info (sec
)
9137 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
9138 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
9141 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9143 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9149 /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */
9153 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9155 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9156 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9158 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9159 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9162 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9166 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9167 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
9168 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9169 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9170 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9171 /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */
9172 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9179 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9180 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9191 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9193 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9194 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9196 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
9199 if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9206 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9209 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9210 off
= rel
->r_offset
;
9211 off
+= (bfd_big_endian (ibfd
) ? -2 : 3);
9212 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, &opc
,
9218 if ((opc
& (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2))
9223 /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may
9224 as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */
9231 /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this
9232 entry itself isn't unused. */
9233 else if ((used
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9234 || !(skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
))
9237 /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference
9246 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9250 /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC
9251 doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong
9252 to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */
9253 for (drop
= skip
, keep
= used
, last
= 0, some_unused
= 0;
9254 drop
< skip
+ (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8;
9259 *drop
&= ~ref_from_discarded
;
9260 if ((*drop
& can_optimize
) != 0)
9264 else if ((*drop
& ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9267 last
= ref_from_discarded
;
9277 bfd_byte
*contents
, *src
;
9279 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9280 bool local_toc_syms
= false;
9282 /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the
9283 skip array from booleans into offsets. */
9284 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, toc
, &contents
))
9287 elf_section_data (toc
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9289 for (src
= contents
, off
= 0, drop
= skip
;
9290 src
< contents
+ toc
->size
;
9293 if ((*drop
& (can_optimize
| ref_from_discarded
)) != 0)
9298 memcpy (src
- off
, src
, 8);
9302 toc
->rawsize
= toc
->size
;
9303 toc
->size
= src
- contents
- off
;
9305 /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym,
9306 and optimize any accesses we can. */
9307 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9309 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9310 || discarded_section (sec
))
9313 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9315 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9318 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9320 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9321 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9323 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9326 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9333 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9334 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
9335 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9336 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9337 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9338 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9342 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9343 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9351 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9354 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9356 local_toc_syms
= true;
9359 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9361 if (val
> toc
->rawsize
)
9363 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9365 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9367 Elf_Internal_Rela
*tocrel
9368 = toc_relocs
+ (skip
[val
>> 3] >> 2);
9369 unsigned long tsym
= ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel
->r_info
);
9373 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9374 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
9377 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9378 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
);
9382 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
9384 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9385 /* xgettext:c-format */
9386 (_("%H: %s references "
9387 "optimized away TOC entry\n"),
9388 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
9389 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
9390 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9393 rel
->r_addend
= tocrel
->r_addend
;
9394 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9398 if (h
!= NULL
|| sym
->st_value
!= 0)
9401 rel
->r_addend
-= skip
[val
>> 3];
9402 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9405 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9409 /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC,
9410 but handle them anyway. */
9411 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
9412 for (sym
= local_syms
;
9413 sym
< local_syms
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9415 if (sym
->st_value
!= 0
9416 && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
) == toc
)
9420 if (sym
->st_value
> toc
->rawsize
)
9421 i
= toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
9423 i
= sym
->st_value
>> 3;
9425 if ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
9429 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"),
9430 bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, NULL
));
9433 while ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)));
9434 sym
->st_value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
9437 sym
->st_value
-= skip
[i
];
9438 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9441 /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */
9442 if (toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
)
9445 toc_inf
.skip
= skip
;
9446 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= false;
9447 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_toc_syms
,
9451 if (toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
9453 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9454 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
9457 /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */
9458 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9459 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
9461 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9465 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9466 if ((skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9467 & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) == 0)
9469 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
- skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3];
9470 wrel
->r_info
= rel
->r_info
;
9471 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9474 else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
, toc
, info
,
9475 &local_syms
, NULL
, NULL
))
9478 elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
= toc_relocs
;
9479 toc
->reloc_count
= wrel
- toc_relocs
;
9480 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc
);
9481 sz
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9482 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= toc
->reloc_count
* sz
;
9485 else if (elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9488 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9489 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9491 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9494 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9499 /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to
9500 a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the
9501 number of GOT entries. */
9502 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9505 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9506 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
9507 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
9510 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9513 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_optrel
)
9516 sec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9519 got
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
9522 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9524 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9526 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9527 || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
9528 || discarded_section (sec
))
9531 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9533 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9536 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9539 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9544 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9546 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9547 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9548 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9550 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9551 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9553 unsigned char buf
[8];
9555 enum {no_check
, check_lo
, check_ha
} insn_check
;
9557 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9561 insn_check
= no_check
;
9564 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
9565 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
9566 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
9567 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
9568 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
9569 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9570 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9571 insn_check
= check_ha
;
9574 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
9575 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
9576 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
9577 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
9578 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
9579 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
9580 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
9581 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9582 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9583 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9584 insn_check
= check_lo
;
9588 if (insn_check
!= no_check
)
9590 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
9592 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
, off
, 4))
9595 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9596 if (insn_check
== check_lo
9597 ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn
, r_type
)
9598 : ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9599 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9603 ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
= 1;
9604 sprintf (str
, "%#08x", insn
);
9605 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9606 /* xgettext:c-format */
9607 (_("%H: got/toc optimization is not supported for"
9608 " %s instruction\n"),
9609 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, str
);
9616 /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for
9617 R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more
9618 analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is
9619 before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are
9620 laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in
9621 distance between sections caused by alignment. */
9625 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9626 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9627 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9631 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9632 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9637 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9638 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9641 if ((h
? h
->type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9644 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9645 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
9646 && sym_sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
9650 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9652 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9653 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9654 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9656 /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout
9657 isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */
9658 #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16)
9665 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9666 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9667 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9670 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9671 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9673 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9674 if (((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9675 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9679 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9680 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9681 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9683 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9684 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9686 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9687 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */)
9691 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9693 pc
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9694 if (val
- pc
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33)
9695 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34))
9697 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9698 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 8))
9700 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9701 if ((insn
& (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20)))
9703 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
+ 4);
9704 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 57u << 26)
9714 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9715 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
9717 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9718 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
9719 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
9720 && ent
->tls_type
== 0)
9722 BFD_ASSERT (ent
&& ent
->got
.refcount
> 0);
9723 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
9726 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9730 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9731 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9733 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9736 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9743 /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using
9744 instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */
9747 ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection
*i
)
9749 return (is_ppc64_elf (i
->owner
)
9750 && ppc64_elf_tdata (i
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
);
9753 /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */
9756 allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9757 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9758 struct got_entry
*gent
)
9760 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9761 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9762 int entsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)
9764 int rentsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_GD
9765 ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9766 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
9768 gent
->got
.offset
= got
->size
;
9769 got
->size
+= entsize
;
9771 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9773 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rentsize
;
9774 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rentsize
;
9776 else if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
9777 && (gent
->tls_type
== 0
9778 ? !info
->enable_dt_relr
9779 : !(bfd_link_executable (info
)
9780 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9781 && !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
))
9782 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9784 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9785 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9787 asection
*relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->relgot
;
9788 relgot
->size
+= rentsize
;
9792 /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */
9795 merge_got_entries (struct got_entry
**pent
)
9797 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
9799 for (ent
= *pent
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9800 if (!ent
->is_indirect
)
9801 for (ent2
= ent
->next
; ent2
!= NULL
; ent2
= ent2
->next
)
9802 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
9803 && ent2
->addend
== ent
->addend
9804 && ent2
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
9805 && elf_gp (ent2
->owner
) == elf_gp (ent
->owner
))
9807 ent2
->is_indirect
= true;
9808 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
9812 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
9815 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9816 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9818 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9820 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
9821 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
9822 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9823 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9826 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
9827 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
9831 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the
9832 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */
9835 bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9836 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9840 || !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
);
9843 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
9847 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9849 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9850 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9852 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
9853 struct got_entry
**pgent
, *gent
;
9855 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9858 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9859 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9863 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9864 /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them
9866 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
))
9867 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9868 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9869 && (gent
->tls_type
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9871 /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If
9872 there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */
9873 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9874 for (ent
= h
->got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9875 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9876 && (ent
->tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
) != 0
9877 && ent
->addend
== gent
->addend
9878 && ent
->owner
== gent
->owner
)
9880 gent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
9884 /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */
9885 if (gent
->got
.refcount
!= 0)
9886 gent
->tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
9889 /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before
9890 we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty
9892 pgent
= &h
->got
.glist
;
9893 while ((gent
= *pgent
) != NULL
)
9894 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9896 if ((gent
->tls_type
& TLS_LD
) != 0
9897 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9899 ppc64_tlsld_got (gent
->owner
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9900 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9903 pgent
= &gent
->next
;
9906 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9908 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
9909 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
9911 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9912 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
9914 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol should
9916 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9919 if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent
->owner
))
9922 allocate_got (h
, info
, gent
);
9925 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
9926 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
9927 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9928 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9929 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9931 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
9932 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9933 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9934 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9936 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
9937 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
9938 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9939 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9941 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9943 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
, **pp
;
9945 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
9946 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to
9947 be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case,
9948 discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol
9949 visibility changes. */
9950 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9952 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
9953 insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that
9954 can be generated via assembly. We want calls to
9955 protected symbols to resolve directly to the function
9956 rather than going via the plt. If people want function
9957 pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should
9958 avoid writing weird assembly. */
9959 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9961 for (pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) &h
->dyn_relocs
;
9965 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
9974 if (h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9976 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9977 should be made dynamic. */
9978 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9983 /* For a fixed position executable, discard space for
9984 relocs against symbols which are not dynamic. */
9985 else if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9987 if ((h
->dynamic_adjusted
9989 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9990 && (info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
9991 || !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))))
9993 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9995 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9996 should be made dynamic. */
9997 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
10000 /* But if that didn't work out, discard dynamic relocs. */
10001 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
10002 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
10005 h
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
10008 /* Finally, allocate space. */
10009 for (p
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*) h
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10011 unsigned int count
;
10012 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
10013 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
10014 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
10016 if (info
->enable_dt_relr
10017 && ((!NO_OPD_RELOCS
10018 && ppc64_elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
10019 || (eh
->elf
.type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
10020 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
10021 count
-= p
->rel_count
;
10022 sreloc
->size
+= count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10026 /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
10029 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
10030 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
10031 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
10032 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
10033 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
10036 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10037 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
10038 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
10039 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
10041 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
10042 bool doneone
= false;
10043 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
10044 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
10046 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
10049 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
10051 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
10053 s
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
10054 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10055 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10056 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
10060 s
= htab
->pltlocal
;
10061 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10062 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10064 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10065 && !(info
->enable_dt_relr
&& !htab
->opd_abi
))
10066 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
10071 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
10073 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10075 s
->size
+= PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10077 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10079 /* Make room for this entry. */
10080 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10082 /* Make room for the .glink code. */
10085 s
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
);
10088 /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */
10089 if (s
->size
>= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + 32768*2*4)
10096 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
10097 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
10100 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10104 pent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10107 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
10113 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
10120 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
10121 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
10122 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
10124 ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff))
10125 #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34)
10127 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10128 to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink,
10129 after the branch table. */
10132 size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
10134 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
10135 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10136 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
10139 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
10142 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10145 if (h
->def_regular
)
10149 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
10153 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
10154 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10155 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
10156 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
10157 && pent
->addend
== 0)
10159 /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file
10160 and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we
10161 need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub.
10162 This is to avoid text relocations. */
10163 bfd_vma off
, stub_align
, stub_off
, stub_size
;
10164 unsigned int align_power
;
10167 stub_off
= s
->size
;
10168 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
10169 align_power
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10171 align_power
= -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10172 /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is
10173 non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be
10174 aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global
10175 entry stubs are needed. */
10176 if (s
->alignment_power
< align_power
)
10177 s
->alignment_power
= align_power
;
10178 stub_align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << align_power
;
10179 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0
10180 || ((((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)
10181 - (stub_off
& -stub_align
))
10182 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)))
10183 stub_off
= (stub_off
+ stub_align
- 1) & -stub_align
;
10184 off
= pent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
10185 off
-= stub_off
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
10186 /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible
10187 dependency between stub offset and size. Break that
10188 dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating
10189 the stub offset. */
10190 if (PPC_HA (off
) == 0)
10192 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
10193 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
10194 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_off
;
10195 s
->size
= stub_off
+ stub_size
;
10201 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
10204 ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10205 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10207 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10212 struct got_entry
*first_tlsld
;
10214 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
10218 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
10219 if (dynobj
== NULL
)
10222 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10224 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
10225 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
10227 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
10230 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
10231 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
10235 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
10237 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10239 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
10240 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
10241 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
10242 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
10243 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
10244 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
10245 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10246 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
10247 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
10249 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10252 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10254 struct ppc_local_dyn_relocs
*p
;
10256 for (p
= elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10258 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
10259 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
10261 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
10262 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
10263 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
10266 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
10268 unsigned int count
;
10272 if (info
->enable_dt_relr
10273 && ((!NO_OPD_RELOCS
10274 && (ppc64_elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sec_type
10277 count
-= p
->rel_count
;
10278 srel
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
10280 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
10281 srel
->size
+= count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10282 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
10283 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
10288 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
10292 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
10293 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10294 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
10295 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
10296 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
10297 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10298 local_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
10299 if (local_syms
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
10301 local_syms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
,
10302 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10303 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
10306 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10307 for (isym
= local_syms
;
10308 lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
;
10309 ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
, isym
++)
10311 struct got_entry
**pent
, *ent
;
10314 while ((ent
= *pent
) != NULL
)
10315 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10317 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
10319 ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
10324 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
10325 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10327 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10328 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
10333 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
10334 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10336 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
10337 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
10339 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10340 && (ent
->tls_type
== 0
10341 ? !info
->enable_dt_relr
10342 : !bfd_link_executable (info
))
10343 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
10345 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10346 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
10354 if (local_syms
!= NULL
10355 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
10357 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
10360 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
10363 /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */
10364 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10365 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
10367 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10369 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10370 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
10372 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10374 s
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
10375 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10376 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10377 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10379 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
10380 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
10381 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10384 s
= htab
->pltlocal
;
10385 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10386 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10387 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10388 && !(info
->enable_dt_relr
&& !htab
->opd_abi
))
10389 htab
->relpltlocal
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10393 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10397 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
10398 sym dynamic relocs. */
10399 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10401 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
10402 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, size_global_entry_stubs
, info
);
10404 first_tlsld
= NULL
;
10405 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10407 struct got_entry
*ent
;
10409 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10412 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
10413 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10415 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
&& first_tlsld
!= NULL
)
10417 ent
->is_indirect
= true;
10418 ent
->got
.ent
= first_tlsld
;
10422 if (first_tlsld
== NULL
)
10424 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10425 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10428 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
10430 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10431 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10436 ent
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10439 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
10440 Allocate memory for them. */
10442 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10444 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10447 if (s
== htab
->brlt
|| s
== htab
->relbrlt
|| s
== htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
)
10448 /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */
10450 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10451 || s
== htab
->elf
.splt
10452 || s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
10453 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
10454 || s
== htab
->glink
10455 || s
== htab
->global_entry
10456 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
10457 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
10459 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
10462 else if (s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
)
10464 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10465 /* Not sized yet. */
10468 else if (startswith (s
->name
, ".rela"))
10472 if (s
!= htab
->elf
.srelplt
)
10475 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10476 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10477 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10482 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10488 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
10489 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
10490 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
10491 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
10492 before the linker maps input sections to output
10493 sections. The linker does that before
10494 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
10495 function which decides whether anything needs to go
10496 into these sections. */
10497 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10501 if (bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10502 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"),
10505 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10508 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
10509 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
10510 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
10511 but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela
10512 sections instead of garbage.
10513 We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing
10514 the GOT and .dynrelro. */
10515 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10516 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10520 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10522 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10525 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10526 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= htab
->elf
.sgot
)
10529 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10532 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10533 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10537 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10541 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10544 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10545 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10548 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10553 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10557 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10558 values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10559 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10560 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
10561 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
10562 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
10563 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
10565 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
10567 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10571 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
10573 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
10574 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
10575 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
10576 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0)
10577 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK
, 0))
10581 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& abiversion (output_bfd
) <= 1)
10583 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD
, 0)
10584 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
, 0))
10588 tls_opt
= (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
10589 && ((htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
10590 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
10591 || (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
10592 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)));
10593 if (tls_opt
|| !htab
->opd_abi
)
10595 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT
, tls_opt
? PPC64_OPT_TLS
: 0))
10601 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
10602 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
10603 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)))
10606 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
10607 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
10608 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
10609 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
,
10610 _bfd_elf_maybe_set_textrel
, info
);
10612 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10614 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10619 #undef add_dynamic_entry
10624 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
10627 ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
10629 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10631 && !h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10634 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
10637 /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
10639 static inline enum ppc_stub_main_type
10640 ppc_type_of_stub (asection
*input_sec
,
10641 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10642 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**hash
,
10643 struct plt_entry
**plt_ent
,
10644 bfd_vma destination
,
10645 unsigned long local_off
)
10647 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
= *hash
;
10649 bfd_vma branch_offset
;
10650 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
;
10651 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
10655 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10656 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= h
;
10658 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
10660 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
10664 for (ent
= fdh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10665 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10666 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10669 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10672 /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a
10673 either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol
10674 in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make
10675 any other type of stub. */
10676 if (!is_static_defined (&fdh
->elf
)
10677 && !is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
10678 return ppc_stub_none
;
10680 else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
10682 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec
->owner
);
10683 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
10684 elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10685 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10687 if (local_plt
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
10689 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10691 for (ent
= local_plt
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10692 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10693 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10696 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10701 /* Determine where the call point is. */
10702 location
= (input_sec
->output_offset
10703 + input_sec
->output_section
->vma
10706 branch_offset
= destination
- location
;
10707 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10709 /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */
10710 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
10711 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
10712 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
10713 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
10714 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
10716 if (branch_offset
+ max_branch_offset
>= 2 * max_branch_offset
- local_off
)
10717 /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch
10718 is needed later. */
10719 return ppc_stub_long_branch
;
10721 return ppc_stub_none
;
10724 /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12,
10725 then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true).
10730 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
10731 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
10732 . sldi %r12,%r12,32
10733 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
10734 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
10735 . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
10738 build_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, bool load
)
10740 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
10742 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10744 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
10746 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
10748 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10751 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10753 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10756 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10758 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDIS_R12_R11
+ PPC_HA (off
), p
);
10761 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10763 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10768 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10770 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10775 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R12
+ ((off
>> 48) & 0xffff), p
);
10777 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10779 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10783 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10785 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R12_R12_32
, p
);
10788 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10790 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORIS_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_HI (off
), p
);
10793 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10795 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10799 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10801 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10807 static unsigned int
10808 size_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10811 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10813 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10817 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10822 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10825 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10827 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10829 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10836 static unsigned int
10837 num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10839 unsigned int num_rel
;
10840 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10842 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10847 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
>= 0x1000000000000ULL
10848 && ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10850 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10852 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10858 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10859 emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
,
10860 bfd_vma roff
, bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
)
10862 bfd_vma relative_targ
= targ
- (roff
- 8);
10863 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
10865 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10866 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10867 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10868 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16
);
10869 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10871 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA
);
10874 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10875 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10876 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10880 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10881 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10884 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
);
10885 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10889 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10890 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10891 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10894 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10896 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10900 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10901 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
);
10902 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10904 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10908 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10909 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10910 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10917 build_power10_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
,
10921 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10926 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, NOP
, p
);
10932 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
;
10934 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10936 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10938 /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value
10939 for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a
10940 minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is
10941 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */
10942 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10945 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10949 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10952 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10953 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10955 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10959 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10963 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10965 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10970 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R11
| ((HA34 (off
) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p
);
10972 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R11_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10976 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10979 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10980 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10982 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10986 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10990 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10992 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10998 static unsigned int
10999 size_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
11001 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
11003 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
11009 static unsigned int
11010 num_relocs_for_power10_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
11012 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
11014 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
11020 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
11021 emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11022 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, bfd_vma roff
,
11023 bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
11025 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
11027 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
11029 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
11030 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
11031 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 - odd
- d_offset
;
11032 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
11038 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
11039 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
11040 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 + odd
- d_offset
;
11041 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
);
11044 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
11045 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 4 + odd
- d_offset
;
11046 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
11050 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
11051 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11052 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34
);
11056 /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
11059 eh_advance (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*eh
, unsigned int delta
)
11063 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ delta
;
11064 else if (delta
< 256)
11066 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
11069 else if (delta
< 65536)
11071 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
11072 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
11077 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
11078 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
11084 /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
11086 static unsigned int
11087 eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta
)
11089 if (delta
< 64 * 4)
11090 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */
11092 if (delta
< 256 * 4)
11093 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */
11095 if (delta
< 65536 * 4)
11096 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */
11098 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */
11102 /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so
11103 to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a
11104 stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire
11105 barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the
11106 toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry
11107 word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to
11108 the appropriate glink entry if so.
11110 . fake dep barrier compare
11111 . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2)
11112 . mtctr 12 mtctr 12
11113 . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2)
11114 . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0
11115 . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+
11116 . bctr b <glink_entry>
11118 The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so
11119 that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */
11121 #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0
11122 #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0
11124 static inline unsigned int
11125 plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11126 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11132 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_notoc
)
11134 size
= 8 + size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
11135 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11138 else if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_p9notoc
)
11140 size
= 8 + size_offset (off
- 8);
11141 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11147 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
|| stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11149 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11154 if (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
11156 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
11157 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11158 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11159 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
11161 if (PPC_HA (off
+ 8 + 8 * htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
11166 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11167 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11168 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
11170 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11173 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11179 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11186 /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align:
11187 If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align
11189 If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align
11190 boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */
11192 static inline unsigned int
11193 plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11194 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11200 unsigned stub_size
;
11202 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
11204 stub_align
= 1 << htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
11205 if ((stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1)) != 0)
11206 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
11210 stub_align
= 1 << -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
11211 stub_size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, plt_off
, odd
);
11212 if (((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
) - (stub_off
& -stub_align
)
11213 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
))
11214 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
11218 /* Build a toc using .plt call stub. */
11220 static inline bfd_byte
*
11221 build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11222 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11223 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
11225 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11226 bool plt_load_toc
= htab
->opd_abi
;
11227 bool plt_static_chain
= htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
;
11228 bool plt_thread_safe
= (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
11229 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11230 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11231 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1);
11232 bool use_fake_dep
= plt_thread_safe
;
11233 bfd_vma cmp_branch_off
= 0;
11235 if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP
11238 && !(stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11239 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11240 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
))
11242 bfd_vma pltoff
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11243 bfd_vma pltindex
= ((pltoff
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
11244 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
));
11245 bfd_vma glinkoff
= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + pltindex
* 8;
11248 if (pltindex
> 32768)
11249 glinkoff
+= (pltindex
- 32768) * 4;
11251 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
11252 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
11253 from
= (p
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
11254 + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
|| stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11255 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
11256 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
)
11257 != PPC_HA (offset
))
11258 + 4 * (plt_static_chain
!= 0)
11260 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11261 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11262 cmp_branch_off
= to
- from
;
11263 use_fake_dep
= cmp_branch_off
+ (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26);
11266 if (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
11270 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
|| stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11271 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11272 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11273 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11274 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11275 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11278 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11280 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
11281 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
);
11282 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11286 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
11287 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11288 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
11289 if (plt_static_chain
)
11291 r
[3].r_offset
= r
[2].r_offset
+ 4;
11292 r
[3].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11293 r
[3].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 16;
11298 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
|| stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11299 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11302 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R11_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11303 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11307 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11308 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11311 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11313 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R11_R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11316 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11321 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R2_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11322 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R11_R11_R2
, p
), p
+= 4;
11324 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11325 if (plt_static_chain
)
11326 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11333 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
|| stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11334 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11335 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11338 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11340 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11341 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16
);
11342 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11346 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
11347 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11348 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
;
11349 if (plt_static_chain
)
11351 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
11352 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11353 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
11358 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
|| stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11359 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11360 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11362 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11364 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11367 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11372 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R11_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11373 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R2_R2_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
11375 if (plt_static_chain
)
11376 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11377 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11380 if (plt_load_toc
&& plt_thread_safe
&& !use_fake_dep
)
11382 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPLDI_R2_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11383 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BNECTR_P4
, p
), p
+= 4;
11384 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (cmp_branch_off
& 0x3fffffc), p
), p
+= 4;
11387 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11391 /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */
11393 #define LD_R0_0R3 0xe8030000
11394 #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000
11395 #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78
11396 #define CMPDI_R0_0 0x2c200000
11397 #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14
11398 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
11399 #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378
11400 #define BCTRL 0x4e800421
11403 build_tls_get_addr_head (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11404 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11407 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11409 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R3
+ 0, p
), p
+= 4;
11410 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R3
+ 8, p
), p
+= 4;
11411 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPDI_R0_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11412 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R0_R3
, p
), p
+= 4;
11413 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R3_R12_R13
, p
), p
+= 4;
11414 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BEQLR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11415 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R3_R0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11417 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11418 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11419 else if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11421 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
11423 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11430 build_tls_get_addr_tail (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11431 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11435 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11437 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11439 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11441 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11443 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11446 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11448 else if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11450 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11452 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11454 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11456 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
11458 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
11462 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11463 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11465 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11467 base
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17;
11468 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11470 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11472 unsigned int cfa_updt
, delta
, i
;
11474 /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11475 .eh_frame info saying the return address is on the stack. In
11476 fact we must put the EH info at or before the call rather
11477 than after it, because the EH info for a call needs to be
11478 specified by that point.
11479 See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program.
11480 Any stack pointer update must be described immediately after
11481 the instruction making the change, and since the stdu occurs
11482 after saving regs we put all the reg saves and the cfa
11484 cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
11485 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11486 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
11487 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) - 4;
11488 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11489 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11497 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11499 *eh
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
11500 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11502 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
11503 *eh
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
11505 *eh
++ = (DW_CFA_advance_loc
11506 + (stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
- 8 - cfa_updt
) / 4);
11507 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11509 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11510 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
11511 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11512 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11514 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11516 else if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11518 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11520 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- 20 - loc
);
11521 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11522 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 16;
11523 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11524 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11526 *eh
++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab
) / 8) & 0x7f;
11527 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
11528 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11530 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11536 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
11537 get_relocs (asection
*sec
, int count
)
11539 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
11540 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elfsec_data
;
11542 elfsec_data
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11543 relocs
= elfsec_data
->relocs
;
11544 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11546 bfd_size_type relsize
;
11547 relsize
= sec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*relocs
);
11548 relocs
= bfd_alloc (sec
->owner
, relsize
);
11549 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11551 elfsec_data
->relocs
= relocs
;
11552 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
,
11553 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
11554 if (elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
)
11556 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
= (sec
->reloc_count
11557 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11558 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11559 sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
11561 relocs
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
11562 sec
->reloc_count
+= count
;
11566 /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol
11567 forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by
11571 use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11572 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11573 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, unsigned int num_rel
)
11575 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hashes
;
11576 unsigned long symndx
;
11577 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11580 /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake
11581 up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */
11582 hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
);
11583 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11585 bfd_size_type hsize
;
11587 /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the
11588 total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After
11589 allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the
11591 hsize
= (htab
->stub_globals
+ 1) * sizeof (*hashes
);
11592 hashes
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, hsize
);
11593 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11595 elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
) = hashes
;
11596 htab
->stub_globals
= 1;
11598 symndx
= htab
->stub_globals
++;
11600 hashes
[symndx
] = &h
->elf
;
11601 if (h
->oh
!= NULL
&& h
->oh
->is_func
)
11602 h
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
11603 BFD_ASSERT (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11604 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11605 symval
= defined_sym_val (&h
->elf
);
11606 while (num_rel
-- != 0)
11608 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (symndx
, ELF64_R_TYPE (r
->r_info
));
11609 if (h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
!= stub_entry
->target_section
)
11611 /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the
11612 branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */
11617 r
->r_addend
-= symval
;
11624 get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11625 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
)
11627 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11628 bfd_vma r2off
= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
;
11632 /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the
11635 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
11637 asection
*opd
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
11638 bfd_vma opd_off
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
11640 if (strcmp (opd
->name
, ".opd") != 0
11641 || opd
->reloc_count
!= 0)
11643 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11644 (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"),
11645 stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
11646 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11647 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11649 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd
->owner
, opd
, buf
, opd_off
+ 8, 8))
11650 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11651 r2off
= bfd_get_64 (opd
->owner
, buf
);
11652 r2off
-= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
11654 r2off
-= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
;
11659 ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11661 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11662 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11663 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11664 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11667 bfd_byte
*p
, *relp
;
11669 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
;
11675 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11676 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11679 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11680 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11681 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11682 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11683 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11684 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign '%pA' to an output section. "
11685 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11686 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11688 /* Same for the group. */
11689 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11690 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11691 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11692 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11693 "output section. Retry without "
11694 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11695 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11696 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11698 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11702 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->stub_offset
>= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
);
11703 loc
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11705 htab
->stub_count
[stub_entry
->type
.main
- 1] += 1;
11706 if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_long_branch
11707 && stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_toc
)
11709 /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
11710 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11711 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11712 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11713 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11715 /* And this is where we are coming from. */
11716 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11717 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11718 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11722 obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11723 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11725 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11727 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11729 htab
->stub_error
= true;
11732 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11734 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11736 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11739 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11741 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11746 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (off
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
11749 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11752 (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"),
11753 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11754 htab
->stub_error
= true;
11758 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11760 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1);
11763 r
->r_offset
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11764 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11765 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11766 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11767 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, 1))
11771 else if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
11772 && stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_toc
)
11774 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11775 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11777 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11779 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"),
11780 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11781 htab
->stub_error
= true;
11785 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11786 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11787 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11788 if (!stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11789 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11791 bfd_put_64 (htab
->brlt
->owner
, targ
,
11792 htab
->brlt
->contents
+ br_entry
->offset
);
11794 if (br_entry
->iter
== htab
->stub_iteration
)
11796 br_entry
->iter
= 0;
11798 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& !info
->enable_dt_relr
)
11800 /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */
11801 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11804 rela
.r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11805 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11806 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11807 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11808 rela
.r_addend
= targ
;
11810 rl
= htab
->relbrlt
->contents
;
11811 rl
+= (htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
++
11812 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11813 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
, &rela
, rl
);
11815 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11817 r
= get_relocs (htab
->brlt
, 1);
11820 /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the
11821 normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not
11822 translated from input file to output file form, so
11823 set up the offset per the output file. */
11824 r
->r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11825 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11826 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11827 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11828 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11832 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11833 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11834 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11836 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11837 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11840 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11842 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11843 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11844 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11845 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11846 htab
->stub_error
= true;
11850 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11852 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0));
11855 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11856 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11857 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11858 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11859 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11860 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11861 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11862 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11864 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11865 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11866 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11867 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11872 obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11873 if (!stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11875 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11877 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11879 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11882 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11886 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11888 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11890 htab
->stub_error
= true;
11894 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11896 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11898 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11900 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11903 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11905 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11908 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11910 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11913 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11917 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11919 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11922 else if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
>= ppc_stub_notoc
)
11924 bool is_plt
= stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
;
11926 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11927 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11928 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11929 obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11931 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11932 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11933 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
);
11936 p
= build_tls_get_addr_head (htab
, stub_entry
, p
);
11939 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
11942 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11947 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11948 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11951 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11952 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry
->h
)))
11954 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11955 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11957 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11959 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11962 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11963 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11964 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11970 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_notoc
)
11971 p
= build_power10_offset (obfd
, p
, off
, odd
, is_plt
);
11974 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11975 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11977 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11978 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11980 base
= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
11981 + stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17);
11982 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11983 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) + 8;
11984 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11985 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11986 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11987 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
11990 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11991 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11993 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11996 /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or
11997 the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC
11998 returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the
11999 sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8
12000 less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */
12002 p
= build_offset (obfd
, p
, off
, is_plt
);
12005 if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
12009 from
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12010 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12011 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
12013 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| ((targ
- from
) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
12017 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
12019 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
);
12024 p
= build_tls_get_addr_tail (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, loc
);
12026 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12028 bfd_vma roff
= relp
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
12029 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_notoc
)
12030 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12033 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_offset (off
);
12036 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, num_rel
);
12039 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_notoc
)
12040 r
= emit_relocs_for_power10_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
, odd
);
12042 r
= emit_relocs_for_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
);
12043 if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
12046 roff
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
12047 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
12048 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
12049 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
12050 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12051 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, num_rel
))
12056 else if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
12058 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12059 && stub_entry
->h
->is_func_descriptor
12060 && stub_entry
->h
->oh
!= NULL
)
12062 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (stub_entry
->h
->oh
);
12064 /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so
12065 we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */
12066 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
12067 && (stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12068 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12069 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
;
12072 /* Now build the stub. */
12073 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
12074 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12077 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12078 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry
->h
)))
12080 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12081 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12083 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12085 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12087 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12088 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12091 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
12093 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12094 /* xgettext:c-format */
12095 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
12096 stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12097 ? stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
12099 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
12100 htab
->stub_error
= true;
12105 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12107 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
12108 ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12110 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
12111 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
12115 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
12116 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
12117 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
12118 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
12121 obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
12122 is_tga
= (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12123 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12124 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
);
12127 p
= build_tls_get_addr_head (htab
, stub_entry
, p
);
12129 r
[0].r_offset
+= p
- loc
;
12131 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, off
, r
);
12133 p
= build_tls_get_addr_tail (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, loc
);
12135 else if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
12143 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
);
12145 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
12147 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12150 const char *const stub_str
[] = { "long_branch",
12154 len1
= strlen (stub_str
[stub_entry
->type
.main
- 1]);
12155 len2
= strlen (stub_entry
->root
.string
);
12156 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ 2);
12159 memcpy (name
, stub_entry
->root
.string
, 9);
12160 memcpy (name
+ 9, stub_str
[stub_entry
->type
.main
- 1], len1
);
12161 memcpy (name
+ len1
+ 9, stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 8, len2
- 8 + 1);
12162 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, true, false, false);
12165 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
12167 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
12168 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
12169 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
12170 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
12171 h
->def_regular
= 1;
12172 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
12173 h
->forced_local
= 1;
12175 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
12182 /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
12183 we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where
12184 long_branch stubs won't do. */
12187 ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
12189 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
12190 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12191 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12193 bfd_vma targ
, off
, r2off
;
12194 unsigned int size
, extra
, lr_used
, delta
, odd
;
12195 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
12197 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
12198 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
12201 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12205 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
12206 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
12207 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
12208 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
12209 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
12210 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign %pA to an output section. "
12211 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
12212 stub_entry
->target_section
);
12214 /* Same for the group. */
12215 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
12216 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
12217 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
12218 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
12219 "output section. Retry without "
12220 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
12221 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
12222 stub_entry
->target_section
);
12224 /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
12225 stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12226 if (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
12227 && stub_entry
->stub_offset
> stub_offset
)
12228 stub_offset
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
12230 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12231 && stub_entry
->h
->save_res
12232 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12233 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
12235 /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore
12236 functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */
12237 stub_entry
->group
->needs_save_res
= 1;
12238 stub_entry
->type
.main
= ppc_stub_save_res
;
12239 stub_entry
->type
.sub
= ppc_stub_toc
;
12240 stub_entry
->type
.r2save
= 0;
12244 if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
12246 /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now
12247 can reach with a shorter stub. */
12248 stub_entry
->type
.main
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
12251 if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_long_branch
12252 && stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_toc
)
12254 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12255 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12256 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12257 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
12259 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12260 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12264 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
12266 r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
12267 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12269 htab
->stub_error
= true;
12273 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
12275 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12281 /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch.
12282 Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */
12283 if ((stub_entry
->type
.r2save
12285 && htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
== 0)
12286 || off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12288 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
12290 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
12291 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
12293 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
12295 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"),
12296 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
12297 htab
->stub_error
= true;
12301 if (br_entry
->iter
!= htab
->stub_iteration
)
12303 br_entry
->iter
= htab
->stub_iteration
;
12304 br_entry
->offset
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
12305 htab
->brlt
->size
+= 8;
12307 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& !info
->enable_dt_relr
)
12308 htab
->relbrlt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12309 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12311 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12312 htab
->brlt
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12316 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
12317 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
12318 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
12319 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12320 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12323 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12325 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12326 += 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0);
12327 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12330 stub_entry
->type
.main
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
12331 if (!stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
12334 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12340 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12343 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
12345 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12349 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12351 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12352 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12355 else if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
12358 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12359 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12361 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
12364 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12365 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12366 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12370 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12372 unsigned int num_rel
;
12373 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_notoc
)
12374 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12376 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12377 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12378 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12381 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_notoc
)
12382 extra
= size_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12384 extra
= size_offset (off
- 8);
12385 /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */
12387 /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So
12388 its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already
12392 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
!= ppc_stub_notoc
)
12394 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12395 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12396 lr_used
= stub_offset
+ 8;
12397 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
12399 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12400 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12401 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12402 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12403 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12404 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12407 /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */
12408 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12410 stub_entry
->type
.main
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
12413 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12414 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+=1;
12416 else if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
>= ppc_stub_notoc
)
12418 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
);
12420 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12421 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12422 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
12425 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12427 else if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
12430 if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
12432 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
12433 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12436 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12437 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry
->h
)))
12439 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12440 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12442 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12444 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12446 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12447 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
12452 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12454 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, stub_offset
, off
, odd
);
12456 stub_offset
+= pad
;
12461 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12463 unsigned int num_rel
;
12464 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_notoc
)
12465 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_power10_offset (off
, odd
);
12467 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12468 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12469 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12472 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
, odd
);
12474 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
!= ppc_stub_notoc
)
12476 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12477 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12478 lr_used
+= stub_offset
+ 8;
12479 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12480 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12481 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12482 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12483 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12484 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12486 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12487 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12488 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
12490 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12492 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12493 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12494 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12495 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12496 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= stub_offset
+ size
- 4;
12498 else if (stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
12500 lr_used
= stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12501 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12502 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12503 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= stub_offset
+ size
- 4;
12507 else if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
12509 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~(bfd_vma
) 1;
12510 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12512 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12513 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (stub_entry
->h
)))
12515 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12516 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12518 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12520 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12522 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12523 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12526 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12528 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, stub_offset
, off
, 0);
12530 stub_offset
+= pad
;
12533 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12535 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12536 += ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12538 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
12539 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
12541 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12544 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
, 0);
12546 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12547 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12548 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
12549 && stub_entry
->type
.r2save
)
12551 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12553 /* Adjustments to r1 need to be described. */
12554 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12555 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12556 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12557 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12561 lr_used
= stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12562 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc
12563 or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff,
12564 DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */
12565 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12566 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12568 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= stub_offset
+ size
- 4;
12577 if (stub_entry
->stub_offset
!= stub_offset
)
12578 htab
->stub_changed
= true;
12579 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_offset
;
12580 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_offset
+ size
;
12584 /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
12585 for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
12586 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */
12589 ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12593 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12598 htab
->sec_info_arr_size
= _bfd_section_id
;
12599 amt
= sizeof (*htab
->sec_info
) * (htab
->sec_info_arr_size
);
12600 htab
->sec_info
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12601 if (htab
->sec_info
== NULL
)
12604 /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */
12605 for (id
= 0; id
< 3; id
++)
12606 htab
->sec_info
[id
].toc_off
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12611 /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */
12614 ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12616 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12618 htab
->toc_curr
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (info
, info
->output_bfd
);
12619 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12620 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12623 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section
12624 and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc
12625 within a group is less than 64k in size. */
12628 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12630 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12631 bfd_vma addr
, off
, limit
;
12636 if (!htab
->second_toc_pass
)
12638 /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */
12639 bool new_bfd
= htab
->toc_bfd
!= isec
->owner
;
12643 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12644 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12647 addr
= isec
->output_offset
+ isec
->output_section
->vma
;
12648 off
= addr
- htab
->toc_curr
;
12649 limit
= 0x80008000;
12650 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
)
12652 if (off
+ isec
->size
> limit
)
12654 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12655 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12656 htab
->toc_curr
= addr
;
12657 htab
->toc_curr
&= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN
;
12660 /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp
12661 for the input section to be the offset relative to the
12662 output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an
12663 offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without
12664 recalculating input elf_gp. */
12665 off
= htab
->toc_curr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12666 off
+= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12668 /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input
12669 file .toc and .got together. */
12671 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0
12672 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != off
)
12675 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12679 /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of
12680 a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp.
12681 We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */
12682 if (htab
->toc_bfd
== isec
->owner
)
12684 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12686 if (htab
->toc_first_sec
== NULL
12687 || htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (isec
->owner
))
12689 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12690 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12692 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12693 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12694 off
= addr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12695 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12700 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global
12704 merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12706 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12709 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
12714 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global
12718 reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12720 struct got_entry
*gent
;
12722 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12725 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
12726 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
12727 allocate_got (h
, (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
, gent
);
12731 /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to
12732 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT
12736 ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12738 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12739 struct bfd
*ibfd
, *ibfd2
;
12740 bool done_something
;
12742 htab
->multi_toc_needed
= htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12744 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
12747 /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */
12748 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, merge_global_got
, info
);
12750 /* And tlsld_got. */
12751 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12753 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
12755 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12758 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12759 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12760 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12762 for (ibfd2
= ibfd
->link
.next
; ibfd2
!= NULL
; ibfd2
= ibfd2
->link
.next
)
12764 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2
))
12767 ent2
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2
);
12768 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
12769 && ent2
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
12770 && elf_gp (ibfd2
) == elf_gp (ibfd
))
12772 ent2
->is_indirect
= true;
12773 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
12779 /* Zap sizes of got sections. */
12780 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12781 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
-= htab
->got_reli_size
;
12782 htab
->got_reli_size
= 0;
12784 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12786 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
12788 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12791 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12794 got
->rawsize
= got
->size
;
12796 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12797 relgot
->rawsize
= relgot
->size
;
12802 /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to
12803 allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */
12804 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12806 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
12807 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
12808 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
12809 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
12810 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
12811 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
12812 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12814 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12815 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12817 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12820 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
12824 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
12825 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12826 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
12827 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
12828 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
12829 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
12830 local_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12831 if (local_syms
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
12833 local_syms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
,
12834 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
12835 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
12838 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12839 for (isym
= local_syms
;
12840 lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
;
12841 ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
, isym
++)
12843 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12845 for (ent
= *lgot_ents
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
12847 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
12848 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12850 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12851 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
12856 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
12857 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
12859 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
12860 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
12862 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12863 && (ent
->tls_type
== 0
12864 ? !info
->enable_dt_relr
12865 : !bfd_link_executable (info
))
12866 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
12868 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12869 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
12875 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, reallocate_got
, info
);
12877 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12879 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12881 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12884 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12885 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12886 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12888 asection
*s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12889 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12891 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
12893 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12894 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12899 done_something
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
!= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12900 if (!done_something
)
12901 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12905 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12908 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12911 done_something
= got
->rawsize
!= got
->size
;
12912 if (done_something
)
12917 if (done_something
)
12918 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
12920 /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp
12921 on input sections. */
12922 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12923 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12924 htab
->second_toc_pass
= true;
12925 return done_something
;
12928 /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */
12931 ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12933 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12935 /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used
12936 for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */
12937 htab
->toc_curr
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12940 /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no
12941 calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching
12942 into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will
12943 load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub
12944 needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason
12945 for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of
12946 2 means the same as a return of 0. */
12949 toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12953 /* Mark this section as checked. */
12954 isec
->call_check_done
= 1;
12956 /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */
12957 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12960 if (isec
->size
== 0)
12963 if (isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12967 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
12969 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
12970 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12971 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12973 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec
->owner
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12974 info
->keep_memory
);
12975 if (relstart
== NULL
)
12978 /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */
12980 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12984 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ isec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
12986 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
12987 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12988 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12989 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
12990 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
12992 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
12996 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
12997 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
12998 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12999 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
13000 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
13001 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
13002 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
13003 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
13004 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
13007 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
13008 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
, r_symndx
,
13015 /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub
13017 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
13019 && (eh
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
13021 && ppc_follow_link (eh
->oh
)->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)))
13027 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
13028 /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */
13031 /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the
13032 link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */
13033 if (sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
13040 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
13043 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13044 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13046 sym_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13048 sym_value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
13050 /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */
13051 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13054 if (h
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
13058 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
13060 /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */
13062 sym_value
+= adjust
;
13065 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
13066 &sym_sec
, NULL
, false);
13067 if (dest
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
13072 + sym_sec
->output_offset
13073 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
13075 /* Ignore branch to self. */
13076 if (sym_sec
== isec
)
13079 /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */
13080 if (sym_sec
->has_toc_reloc
13081 || sym_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
13087 /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact
13088 need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */
13089 else if (dest
- (isec
->output_offset
13090 + isec
->output_section
->vma
13091 + rel
->r_offset
) + (1 << 25)
13092 >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
13100 /* If calling back to a section in the process of being
13101 tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs
13102 are needed, so don't return zero. */
13103 else if (sym_sec
->call_check_in_progress
)
13106 /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC
13107 references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */
13108 else if (!sym_sec
->call_check_done
)
13112 /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other
13113 sections that call back to current won't be marked as
13115 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
13116 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, sym_sec
);
13117 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
13128 if (elf_symtab_hdr (isec
->owner
).contents
13129 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13131 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
13136 && isec
->map_head
.s
!= NULL
13137 && (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
13138 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
13140 if (isec
->map_head
.s
->has_toc_reloc
13141 || isec
->map_head
.s
->makes_toc_func_call
)
13143 else if (!isec
->map_head
.s
->call_check_done
)
13146 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
13147 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
->map_head
.s
);
13148 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
13155 isec
->makes_toc_func_call
= 1;
13160 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
13161 in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
13162 Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
13163 we may insert linker stubs. */
13166 ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
13168 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13173 if ((isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
13174 && isec
->output_section
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
13176 /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
13177 which is what we want. */
13178 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].u
.list
13179 = htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
;
13180 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
= isec
;
13183 if (htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
13185 /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a
13186 valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel.
13187 .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that
13188 hit an exception. */
13189 if (!(isec
->has_toc_reloc
13190 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
13191 || strcmp (isec
->name
, ".fixup") == 0
13192 || isec
->call_check_done
))
13194 if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
) < 0)
13197 /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file.
13198 This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in
13199 check_pasted_section(). */
13200 if (elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0)
13201 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
13204 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].toc_off
= htab
->toc_curr
;
13208 /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they
13209 have toc relocs. */
13212 check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, const char *name
)
13214 asection
*o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, name
);
13218 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13219 bfd_vma toc_off
= 0;
13222 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13223 if (i
->has_toc_reloc
)
13226 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
13227 else if (toc_off
!= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
)
13232 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13233 if (i
->makes_toc_func_call
)
13235 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
13239 /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */
13241 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
13242 htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
= toc_off
;
13248 ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13250 bool ret1
= check_pasted_section (info
, ".init");
13251 bool ret2
= check_pasted_section (info
, ".fini");
13253 return ret1
&& ret2
;
13256 /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
13257 sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
13258 put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
13259 .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
13260 _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
13261 the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
13264 group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13265 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
,
13266 bool stubs_always_before_branch
)
13268 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13270 bool suppress_size_errors
;
13272 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13276 suppress_size_errors
= false;
13277 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
13279 /* Default values. */
13280 if (stubs_always_before_branch
)
13281 stub_group_size
= 0x1e00000;
13283 stub_group_size
= 0x1c00000;
13284 suppress_size_errors
= true;
13287 for (osec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; osec
!= NULL
; osec
= osec
->next
)
13291 if (osec
->id
>= htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
13294 tail
= htab
->sec_info
[osec
->id
].u
.list
;
13295 while (tail
!= NULL
)
13299 bfd_size_type total
;
13302 struct map_stub
*group
;
13303 bfd_size_type group_size
;
13306 total
= tail
->size
;
13307 group_size
= (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
) != NULL
13308 && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
)->has_14bit_branch
13309 ? stub_group_size
>> 10 : stub_group_size
);
13311 big_sec
= total
> group_size
;
13312 if (big_sec
&& !suppress_size_errors
)
13313 /* xgettext:c-format */
13314 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"),
13315 tail
->owner
, tail
);
13316 curr_toc
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].toc_off
;
13318 while ((prev
= htab
->sec_info
[curr
->id
].u
.list
) != NULL
13319 && ((total
+= curr
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13320 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13321 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13322 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10) : group_size
))
13323 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13326 /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
13327 than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub
13328 section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
13329 group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should
13330 really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added
13331 here, as stubs contribute to the final output section
13332 size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only
13333 break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25,
13334 ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more
13335 than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */
13336 group
= bfd_alloc (curr
->owner
, sizeof (*group
));
13339 group
->link_sec
= curr
;
13340 group
->stub_sec
= NULL
;
13341 group
->needs_save_res
= 0;
13342 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13343 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13344 group
->eh_base
= 0;
13345 group
->next
= htab
->group
;
13346 htab
->group
= group
;
13349 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13350 /* Set up this stub group. */
13351 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13353 while (tail
!= curr
&& (tail
= prev
) != NULL
);
13355 /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size
13356 bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
13357 Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
13358 stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
13359 branches may not reach into the stub section. */
13360 if (!stubs_always_before_branch
&& !big_sec
)
13363 while (prev
!= NULL
13364 && ((total
+= tail
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13365 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13366 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13367 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10)
13369 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13372 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13373 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13382 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
13384 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
13385 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
13386 1, /* CIE version. */
13387 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
13388 4, /* Code alignment. */
13389 0x78, /* Data alignment. */
13391 1, /* Augmentation size. */
13392 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
13393 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
13396 /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section
13397 symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and
13398 handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output
13402 maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
13404 if (isec
->size
== 0
13405 && isec
->output_section
->size
== 0
13406 && !(isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
13407 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info
->output_bfd
,
13408 isec
->output_section
)
13409 && elf_section_data (isec
->output_section
)->dynindx
== 0)
13411 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13412 bfd_section_list_remove (info
->output_bfd
, isec
->output_section
);
13413 info
->output_bfd
->section_count
--;
13417 /* Stash R_PPC64_RELATIVE reloc at input section SEC, r_offset OFF to
13418 the array of such relocs. */
13421 append_relr_off (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma off
)
13423 if (htab
->relr_count
>= htab
->relr_alloc
)
13425 if (htab
->relr_alloc
== 0)
13426 htab
->relr_alloc
= 4096;
13428 htab
->relr_alloc
*= 2;
13429 htab
->relr
= bfd_realloc (htab
->relr
,
13430 htab
->relr_alloc
* sizeof (*htab
->relr
));
13431 if (htab
->relr
== NULL
)
13434 htab
->relr
[htab
->relr_count
].sec
= sec
;
13435 htab
->relr
[htab
->relr_count
].off
= off
;
13436 htab
->relr_count
++;
13440 /* qsort comparator for bfd_vma args. */
13443 compare_relr_address (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
13445 bfd_vma a
= *(bfd_vma
*) arg1
;
13446 bfd_vma b
= *(bfd_vma
*) arg2
;
13447 return a
< b
? -1 : a
> b
? 1 : 0;
13450 /* Produce a malloc'd sorted array of reloc addresses from the info
13451 stored by append_relr_off. */
13454 sort_relr (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
13456 bfd_vma
*addr
= bfd_malloc (htab
->relr_count
* sizeof (*addr
));
13460 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< htab
->relr_count
; i
++)
13461 addr
[i
] = (htab
->relr
[i
].sec
->output_section
->vma
13462 + htab
->relr
[i
].sec
->output_offset
13463 + htab
->relr
[i
].off
);
13465 if (htab
->relr_count
> 1)
13466 qsort (addr
, htab
->relr_count
, sizeof (*addr
), compare_relr_address
);
13471 /* Look over GOT and PLT entries saved on elf_local_got_ents for all
13472 input files, stashing info about needed relative relocs. */
13475 got_and_plt_relr_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13477 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13480 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13482 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **lgot
, **end_lgot_ents
;
13483 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
13484 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13485 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
13486 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
13487 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13488 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
13489 struct got_entry
*gent
;
13491 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
13494 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
13498 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
13499 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13500 local_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13501 if (local_syms
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
13503 local_syms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
,
13504 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
13505 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
13508 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
13509 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
13510 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
13511 for (lgot
= lgot_ents
, isym
= local_syms
;
13512 lgot
< end_lgot_ents
;
13514 for (gent
= *lgot
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
13515 if (!gent
->is_indirect
13516 && gent
->tls_type
== 0
13517 && gent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
13518 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
13520 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
13521 if (!append_relr_off (htab
, got
, gent
->got
.offset
))
13523 htab
->stub_error
= true;
13528 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
13529 for (lplt
= local_plt
, isym
= local_syms
;
13530 lplt
< end_local_plt
;
13532 for (pent
= *lplt
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
13533 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
13534 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13536 if (!append_relr_off (htab
, htab
->pltlocal
, pent
->plt
.offset
))
13538 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13544 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13545 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13547 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
13550 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
13556 /* Stash info about needed GOT and PLT entry relative relocs for
13557 global symbol H. */
13560 got_and_plt_relr (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13562 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13563 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13564 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
13565 struct got_entry
*gent
;
13567 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
13570 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13571 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13575 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
13577 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13578 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
13580 if ((!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13581 || h
->dynindx
== -1
13582 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
13583 && !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
))
13584 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
13585 if (!gent
->is_indirect
13586 && gent
->tls_type
== 0
13587 && gent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13589 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
13590 if (!append_relr_off (htab
, got
, gent
->got
.offset
))
13592 htab
->stub_error
= true;
13598 && use_local_plt (info
, h
))
13599 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
13600 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13602 if (!append_relr_off (htab
, htab
->pltlocal
, pent
->plt
.offset
))
13604 htab
->stub_error
= true;
13612 /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
13614 The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
13615 PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
13619 ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13621 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
;
13622 bool stubs_always_before_branch
;
13623 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13628 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== -1 && !htab
->has_power10_relocs
)
13629 htab
->params
->power10_stubs
= 0;
13631 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info
))
13632 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 1;
13633 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
13634 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 0;
13635 else if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1)
13637 static const char *const thread_starter
[] =
13641 "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE",
13643 "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio",
13644 "mq_notify", "create_timer",
13649 "GOMP_parallel_start",
13650 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static",
13651 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start",
13652 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic",
13653 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start",
13654 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided",
13655 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start",
13656 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime",
13657 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start",
13658 "GOMP_parallel_sections",
13659 "GOMP_parallel_sections_start",
13665 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter
); i
++)
13667 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13668 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, thread_starter
[i
],
13669 false, false, true);
13670 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= h
!= NULL
&& h
->ref_regular
;
13671 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
)
13675 stubs_always_before_branch
= htab
->params
->group_size
< 0;
13676 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
13677 stub_group_size
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
13679 stub_group_size
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
13681 if (!group_sections (info
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_before_branch
))
13684 htab
->tga_group
= NULL
;
13685 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
13686 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
13687 && (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
13688 || htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
13689 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
13690 && is_static_defined (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
))
13692 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
, *stub_sec
;
13694 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13696 sym_sec
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13697 sym_value
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
13698 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13699 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13701 opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
, &code_sec
, NULL
, false);
13702 htab
->tga_group
= htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].u
.group
;
13703 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (".tga_desc.stub",
13704 htab
->tga_group
->link_sec
);
13705 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
13707 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
13709 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13710 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
13711 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
13712 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
13713 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
13714 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
13715 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
, true);
13718 /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may
13719 exit on a stub section shrinking. */
13724 unsigned int bfd_indx
;
13725 struct map_stub
*group
;
13727 htab
->stub_iteration
+= 1;
13728 htab
->relr_count
= 0;
13730 for (input_bfd
= info
->input_bfds
, bfd_indx
= 0;
13732 input_bfd
= input_bfd
->link
.next
, bfd_indx
++)
13734 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13736 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
13738 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
13741 /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
13742 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
13743 if (symtab_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
13746 /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
13747 for (section
= input_bfd
->sections
;
13749 section
= section
->next
)
13751 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
, *irelaend
, *irela
;
13754 /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
13756 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13757 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
13758 || (section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
13759 || section
->reloc_count
== 0)
13762 if (!info
->enable_dt_relr
13763 && (section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13766 /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
13767 discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
13768 if (section
->output_section
== NULL
13769 || section
->output_section
->owner
!= info
->output_bfd
)
13772 /* Get the relocs. */
13774 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, section
, NULL
, NULL
,
13775 info
->keep_memory
);
13776 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13777 goto error_ret_free_local
;
13779 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
13781 /* Now examine each relocation. */
13782 irela
= internal_relocs
;
13783 irelaend
= irela
+ section
->reloc_count
;
13784 for (; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++)
13786 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
13787 unsigned int r_indx
;
13788 struct ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
13789 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
13790 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
;
13791 bfd_vma sym_value
, code_value
;
13792 bfd_vma destination
;
13793 unsigned long local_off
;
13795 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash
;
13796 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
13797 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13798 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
13800 const asection
*id_sec
;
13801 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13802 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
13804 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
->r_info
);
13805 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
13807 if (r_type
>= R_PPC64_max
)
13809 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13810 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13813 /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
13819 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
13820 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
13821 case R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
:
13822 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
13823 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
13824 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
13825 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
13829 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
13831 if (info
->enable_dt_relr
13832 && irela
->r_offset
% 2 == 0
13833 && section
->alignment_power
!= 0)
13838 /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
13840 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13841 r_indx
, input_bfd
))
13842 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13844 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
13846 /* Only locally defined symbols can possibly use
13847 relative relocations. */
13849 if ((sym_sec
== NULL
13850 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
13851 /* No symbol is OK too. */
13852 && !(sym
!= NULL
&& sym
->st_shndx
== 0)
13853 /* Hack for __ehdr_start, which is undefined
13855 && !(h
!= NULL
&& h
->root
.linker_def
))
13857 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
13860 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
13863 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
13864 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13867 ? bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->root
)
13868 : sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13871 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
13874 r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (info
->output_bfd
,
13878 if (r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
13880 if (!append_relr_off (htab
, section
, r_offset
))
13881 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13885 hash
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
13891 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
13892 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
13893 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13896 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13897 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13899 sym_value
= hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13900 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13903 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
13904 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13906 /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and
13907 use the func descriptor sym instead if it is
13909 if (hash
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
13910 && hash
->oh
!= NULL
)
13912 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (hash
->oh
);
13913 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13914 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13916 sym_sec
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13917 sym_value
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13918 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13927 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13928 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13935 sym_value
+= irela
->r_addend
;
13936 destination
= (sym_value
13937 + sym_sec
->output_offset
13938 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
13939 local_off
= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash
13944 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13945 code_value
= sym_value
;
13946 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13951 if (hash
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
13953 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
13956 code_value
+= adjust
;
13957 sym_value
+= adjust
;
13959 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
13960 &code_sec
, &code_value
, false);
13961 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13963 destination
= dest
;
13966 /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code
13968 hash
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defweak
;
13969 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= code_sec
;
13970 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= code_value
;
13975 /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
13977 stub_type
.main
= ppc_type_of_stub (section
, irela
, &hash
,
13978 &plt_ent
, destination
,
13980 stub_type
.sub
= ppc_stub_toc
;
13981 stub_type
.r2save
= 0;
13983 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
13984 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
)
13986 enum ppc_stub_sub_type notoc
= ppc_stub_notoc
;
13987 if (htab
->params
->power10_stubs
== 0
13988 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
13989 && htab
->params
->power10_stubs
!= 1))
13990 notoc
= ppc_stub_p9notoc
;
13991 if (stub_type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13992 stub_type
.sub
= notoc
;
13993 else if (stub_type
.main
== ppc_stub_long_branch
13994 || (code_sec
!= NULL
13995 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13996 && (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13997 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13998 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
14000 stub_type
.main
= ppc_stub_long_branch
;
14001 stub_type
.sub
= notoc
;
14002 stub_type
.r2save
= 0;
14005 else if (stub_type
.main
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
)
14007 /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub.
14008 Since the linker pastes together pieces from
14009 different object files when creating the
14010 _init and _fini functions, it may be that a
14011 call to what looks like a local sym is in
14012 fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */
14013 if ((code_sec
!= NULL
14014 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
14015 && (code_sec
->has_toc_reloc
14016 || code_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
14017 && (htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].toc_off
14018 != htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].toc_off
))
14019 || (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
14020 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
14021 == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
))
14023 stub_type
.main
= ppc_stub_long_branch
;
14024 stub_type
.sub
= ppc_stub_toc
;
14025 stub_type
.r2save
= 1;
14029 if (stub_type
.main
== ppc_stub_none
)
14032 /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */
14033 if (stub_type
.main
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
14035 && is_tls_get_addr (&hash
->elf
, htab
)
14036 && section
->has_tls_reloc
14037 && irela
!= internal_relocs
)
14039 /* Get tls info. */
14040 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
14042 if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask
, NULL
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
14043 irela
- 1, input_bfd
))
14044 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
14045 if ((*tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14046 && (*tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) == 0)
14050 if (stub_type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
14051 && stub_type
.sub
== ppc_stub_toc
)
14054 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
14055 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash
->elf
))
14056 htab
->has_plt_localentry0
= 1;
14057 else if (irela
+ 1 < irelaend
14058 && irela
[1].r_offset
== irela
->r_offset
+ 4
14059 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
[1].r_info
)
14060 == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
14062 if (!tocsave_find (htab
, INSERT
,
14063 &local_syms
, irela
+ 1, input_bfd
))
14064 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
14067 stub_type
.r2save
= 1;
14070 /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
14071 id_sec
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
->link_sec
;
14073 /* Get the name of this stub. */
14074 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (id_sec
, sym_sec
, hash
, irela
);
14076 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
14078 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
14079 stub_name
, false, false);
14080 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
14083 if (!ppc_merge_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, stub_type
, r_type
))
14085 /* xgettext:c-format */
14087 (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
14088 section
->owner
, stub_entry
->root
.string
);
14089 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
14094 stub_entry
= ppc_add_stub (stub_name
, section
, info
);
14095 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
14098 error_ret_free_internal
:
14099 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
== NULL
)
14100 free (internal_relocs
);
14101 error_ret_free_local
:
14102 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
14103 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14108 stub_entry
->type
= stub_type
;
14109 if (stub_type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
14111 stub_entry
->target_value
= sym_value
;
14112 stub_entry
->target_section
= sym_sec
;
14116 stub_entry
->target_value
= code_value
;
14117 stub_entry
->target_section
= code_sec
;
14119 stub_entry
->h
= hash
;
14120 stub_entry
->plt_ent
= plt_ent
;
14121 stub_entry
->symtype
14122 = hash
? hash
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
14123 stub_entry
->other
= hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
;
14126 && (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14127 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
14128 htab
->stub_globals
+= 1;
14131 /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
14132 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14133 free (internal_relocs
);
14136 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14137 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14139 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
14142 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
14146 /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
14148 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14150 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
14151 group
->eh_size
= 0;
14152 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
14154 asection
*stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
14156 stub_sec
->rawsize
= stub_sec
->size
;
14157 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
14158 stub_sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
14159 stub_sec
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
14162 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
14164 /* See emit_tga_desc and emit_tga_desc_eh_frame. */
14165 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
14166 = 1 + 2 + (htab
->opd_abi
!= 0) + 3 + 8 * 2 + 3 + 8 + 3;
14167 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
14168 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
14171 htab
->brlt
->rawsize
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
14172 htab
->brlt
->size
= 0;
14173 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
14174 htab
->brlt
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
14175 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14176 htab
->relbrlt
->size
= 0;
14178 if (htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
!= NULL
)
14180 htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
;
14181 htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
= 0;
14184 htab
->stub_changed
= false;
14185 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_size_one_stub
, info
);
14187 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14188 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14189 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
14191 if (info
->emitrelocations
14192 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14194 htab
->glink
->reloc_count
= 1;
14195 htab
->glink
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
14198 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14199 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
14200 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->size
> 8)
14202 size_t size
= 0, align
= 4;
14204 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14205 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14206 size
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14207 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14208 size
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14210 size
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14211 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
14212 size
= (size
+ align
- 1) & -align
;
14213 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
;
14214 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
;
14217 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
14218 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14219 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
14221 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
14222 group
->stub_sec
->size
14223 = (group
->stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
14226 if (htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
!= NULL
)
14230 for (r_offset
= 0; r_offset
< htab
->brlt
->size
; r_offset
+= 8)
14231 if (!append_relr_off (htab
, htab
->brlt
, r_offset
))
14234 if (!got_and_plt_relr_for_local_syms (info
))
14236 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, got_and_plt_relr
, info
);
14237 if (htab
->stub_error
)
14240 bfd_vma
*relr_addr
= sort_relr (htab
);
14241 if (htab
->relr_count
!= 0 && relr_addr
== NULL
)
14245 while (i
< htab
->relr_count
)
14247 bfd_vma base
= relr_addr
[i
];
14248 htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
+= 8;
14250 /* Handle possible duplicate address. This can happen
14251 as sections increase in size when adding stubs. */
14252 while (i
< htab
->relr_count
14253 && relr_addr
[i
] == base
)
14258 size_t start_i
= i
;
14259 while (i
< htab
->relr_count
14260 && relr_addr
[i
] - base
< 63 * 8
14261 && (relr_addr
[i
] - base
) % 8 == 0)
14265 htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
+= 8;
14272 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14273 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
14274 && group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
!= group
->stub_sec
->size
14275 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14276 || group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
< group
->stub_sec
->size
))
14280 && (!htab
->stub_changed
14281 || htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
)
14282 && (htab
->brlt
->rawsize
== htab
->brlt
->size
14283 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14284 && htab
->brlt
->rawsize
> htab
->brlt
->size
))
14285 && (htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
== NULL
14286 || htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->rawsize
== htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
14287 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14288 && htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->rawsize
> htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
))
14289 && (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
14290 || htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
)
14291 && (htab
->tga_group
== NULL
14292 || htab
->stub_iteration
> 1))
14295 if (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
)
14297 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14298 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
14299 && group
->stub_sec
->size
< group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
)
14300 group
->stub_sec
->size
= group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
;
14302 if (htab
->brlt
->size
< htab
->brlt
->rawsize
)
14303 htab
->brlt
->size
= htab
->brlt
->rawsize
;
14305 if (htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
!= NULL
14306 && htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
< htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->rawsize
)
14307 htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
= htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->rawsize
;
14310 /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
14311 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
14314 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14315 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14318 bfd_byte
*p
, *last_fde
;
14319 size_t last_fde_len
, size
, align
, pad
;
14320 struct map_stub
*group
;
14322 /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the
14323 linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before
14324 bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be
14325 indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */
14326 p
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->owner
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
14329 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
= p
;
14333 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
14334 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
14335 last_fde_len
= ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
14336 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
14337 p
+= last_fde_len
+ 4;
14339 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14340 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14342 group
->eh_base
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14344 last_fde_len
= ((group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
14346 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
14349 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14350 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
14352 /* Offset to stub section, written later. */
14354 /* stub section size. */
14355 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, group
->stub_sec
->size
, p
);
14357 /* Augmentation. */
14359 /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for
14360 elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */
14361 p
[group
->eh_size
- 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
14362 p
= last_fde
+ last_fde_len
+ 4;
14364 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14367 last_fde_len
= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
14369 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
14372 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14373 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
14375 /* Offset to .glink, written later. */
14378 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
- 8, p
);
14380 /* Augmentation. */
14383 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
? 3 : 2);
14384 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
14386 *p
++ = htab
->opd_abi
? 12 : 0;
14387 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->opd_abi
? 4 : 2);
14388 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
14390 p
+= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 24;
14392 /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame
14393 sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any
14394 zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */
14395 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
14396 size
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14397 pad
= ((size
+ align
- 1) & -align
) - size
;
14398 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
+ pad
;
14399 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
+ pad
, last_fde
);
14402 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->brlt
);
14403 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14404 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->relbrlt
);
14405 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
)
14406 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
);
14407 if (htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
!= NULL
)
14408 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
);
14413 /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections
14414 move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */
14417 ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*obfd
)
14420 bfd_vma TOCstart
, adjust
;
14424 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14425 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
14427 if (is_elf_hash_table (&htab
->root
)
14428 && htab
->hgot
!= NULL
)
14432 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
14433 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, ".TOC.", false, false, true);
14434 if (is_elf_hash_table (&htab
->root
))
14438 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14439 && !h
->root
.linker_def
14440 && (!is_elf_hash_table (&htab
->root
)
14441 || h
->def_regular
))
14443 TOCstart
= defined_sym_val (h
) - TOC_BASE_OFF
;
14444 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
14449 /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that
14450 order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */
14451 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".got");
14452 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
14453 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".toc");
14454 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
14455 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".tocbss");
14456 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
14457 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".plt");
14458 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
14460 /* This may happen for
14461 o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a
14463 o bad linker script
14464 o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections
14466 FIXME: Warn user? */
14468 /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be
14470 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
14471 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_READONLY
14473 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
14476 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
14477 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
14478 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
14481 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
14482 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
14486 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
14487 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
14493 TOCstart
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
14495 /* Force alignment. */
14496 adjust
= TOCstart
& (TOC_BASE_ALIGN
- 1);
14497 TOCstart
-= adjust
;
14498 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
14500 if (info
!= NULL
&& s
!= NULL
)
14502 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14506 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
14508 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
;
14509 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
14514 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
14515 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, obfd
, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL
,
14516 s
, TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
,
14517 NULL
, false, false, &bh
);
14523 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to
14524 write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */
14527 build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
14529 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
14530 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14531 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14534 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
14538 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14542 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14543 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14545 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage
14546 table. Set it up. */
14547 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14548 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14551 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
14553 if (!(h
->def_regular
14554 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14555 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)))
14557 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14559 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14560 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14561 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= true;
14563 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14565 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14569 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14571 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
14572 && !(info
->enable_dt_relr
&& !htab
->opd_abi
))
14574 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
14576 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14578 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14581 rela
.r_addend
= defined_sym_val (h
) + ent
->addend
;
14583 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14585 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14586 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
14589 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
14590 toc
+= htab
->sec_info
[h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
].toc_off
;
14591 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14596 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
14597 + plt
->output_offset
14598 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
14599 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14600 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14601 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14606 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14607 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14608 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
14609 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14610 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->addend
;
14611 loc
= (htab
->elf
.srelplt
->contents
14612 + ((ent
->plt
.offset
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
14613 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)));
14614 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
14615 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= true;
14616 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14620 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
14623 if (h
->def_regular
)
14626 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
14627 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
14630 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14631 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
14632 && ent
->addend
== 0)
14638 p
= s
->contents
+ h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
14639 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
14640 if (use_local_plt (info
, h
))
14642 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14643 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14645 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14647 off
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
14648 off
-= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
14650 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 3) != 0)
14652 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14653 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
14654 h
->root
.root
.string
);
14655 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14656 htab
->stub_error
= true;
14659 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1] += 1;
14660 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14662 size_t len
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
14663 char *name
= bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len
);
14668 sprintf (name
, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s
->id
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
14669 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, true, false, false);
14672 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14674 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14675 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
14676 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= p
- s
->contents
;
14677 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14678 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14679 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14680 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14682 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14686 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
14688 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, ADDIS_R12_R12
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
14691 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
14693 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14695 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14701 /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */
14704 write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14706 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14709 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
14711 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **end_lgot_ents
;
14712 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
14713 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14714 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
14715 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
14716 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14718 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
14721 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
14725 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
14726 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14727 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
14728 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
14729 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
14730 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
14731 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14732 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14734 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14736 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14740 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
14741 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
14743 if (symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14748 val
= sym
->st_value
+ ent
->addend
;
14749 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
14750 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
14752 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14754 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= true;
14755 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14756 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14760 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14762 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
14763 && !(info
->enable_dt_relr
&& !htab
->opd_abi
))
14764 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
14767 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14769 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14770 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
14773 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (ibfd
);
14774 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14779 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14780 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
14781 + plt
->output_offset
14782 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
14783 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14786 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14788 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14793 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14795 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14797 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
14798 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14799 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14800 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14804 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14805 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14807 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
14810 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
14816 /* Emit the static wrapper function preserving registers around a
14817 __tls_get_addr_opt call. */
14820 emit_tga_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
14822 asection
*stub_sec
= htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
;
14823 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14825 bfd_vma to
, from
, delta
;
14827 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14828 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== stub_sec
14829 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
== 0);
14830 to
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
14831 from
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
) + cfa_updt
;
14833 if (delta
+ (1 << 25) >= 1 << 26)
14835 _bfd_error_handler (_("__tls_get_addr call offset overflow"));
14836 htab
->stub_error
= true;
14840 p
= stub_sec
->contents
;
14841 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14842 bfd_put_32 (stub_sec
->owner
, B_DOT
| 1 | (delta
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
14844 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14845 return stub_sec
->size
== (bfd_size_type
) (p
- stub_sec
->contents
);
14848 /* Emit eh_frame describing the static wrapper function. */
14851 emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
, bfd_byte
*p
)
14853 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14856 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ cfa_updt
/ 4;
14857 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14865 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
14867 *p
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
14868 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14870 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
14871 *p
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
14873 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 10;
14874 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14876 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14877 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
14878 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
14879 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
14884 /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.
14885 The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker
14886 hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */
14889 ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14892 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14893 struct map_stub
*group
;
14894 asection
*stub_sec
;
14896 int stub_sec_count
= 0;
14901 /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
14902 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14904 group
->eh_size
= 0;
14905 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
14906 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
14907 && stub_sec
->size
!= 0)
14909 stub_sec
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
14911 if (stub_sec
->contents
== NULL
)
14913 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
14917 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14922 /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */
14923 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14925 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14926 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
14927 true, false, false);
14930 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14932 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14933 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
14934 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 8;
14935 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14936 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14937 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14938 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14940 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14943 plt0
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14944 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14946 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
14948 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
= get_relocs (htab
->glink
, 1);
14951 r
->r_offset
= (htab
->glink
->output_offset
14952 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
14953 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64
);
14954 r
->r_addend
= plt0
;
14956 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
14957 plt0
-= htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->glink
->output_offset
;
14958 bfd_put_64 (htab
->glink
->owner
, plt0
, p
);
14962 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
14964 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14966 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14968 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14970 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
14972 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14974 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14976 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| 8, p
);
14978 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14980 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 16, p
);
14988 . .quad plt0-1f # plt0 entry relative to 1:
14990 # We get here with r12 initially @ a glink branch
14991 # Load the address of _dl_runtime_resolve from plt0 and
14992 # jump to it, with r0 set to the index of the PLT entry
14993 # to be resolved and r11 the link map.
14994 __glink_PLTresolve:
14995 . std %r2,24(%r1) # optional
15001 . ld %r0,(0b-1b)(%r11)
15002 . sub %r12,%r12,%r11
15003 . add %r11,%r0,%r11
15004 . addi %r0,%r12,1b-2f
15011 . b __glink_PLTresolve
15013 . b __glink_PLTresolve */
15015 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
15017 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, STD_R2_0R1
+ 24, p
);
15020 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
15022 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
15024 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
15026 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
15028 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
15029 insn
= LD_R0_0R11
| (-20 & 0xfffc);
15031 insn
= LD_R0_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc);
15032 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, insn
, p
);
15034 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SUB_R12_R12_R11
, p
);
15036 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R0_R11
, p
);
15038 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADDI_R0_R12
| (-44 & 0xffff), p
);
15040 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
15042 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SRDI_R0_R0_2
, p
);
15044 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
15046 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 8, p
);
15049 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
15051 BFD_ASSERT (p
== htab
->glink
->contents
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
));
15053 /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */
15055 while (p
< htab
->glink
->contents
+ htab
->glink
->size
)
15061 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LI_R0_0
| indx
, p
);
15066 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LIS_R0_0
| PPC_HI (indx
), p
);
15068 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ORI_R0_R0_0
| PPC_LO (indx
),
15073 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
,
15074 B_DOT
| ((htab
->glink
->contents
- p
+ 8) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
15080 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
15082 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
15083 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
15084 if (!emit_tga_desc (htab
))
15086 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
15087 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
15091 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
15092 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
15094 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
= emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (htab
, p
) - p
;
15098 /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */
15099 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt
, info
);
15101 if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info
))
15104 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->brlt
->size
!= 0)
15106 htab
->brlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->brlt
->owner
,
15108 if (htab
->brlt
->contents
== NULL
)
15111 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->relbrlt
->size
!= 0)
15113 htab
->relbrlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
,
15114 htab
->relbrlt
->size
);
15115 if (htab
->relbrlt
->contents
== NULL
)
15119 /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
15120 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_build_one_stub
, info
);
15122 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
15123 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
15124 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
15126 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
15127 htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
15129 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
15130 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
15131 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
15133 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
15134 stub_sec
->size
= (stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
15137 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
15138 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
15140 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
15141 memcpy (stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
,
15142 htab
->sfpr
->contents
, htab
->sfpr
->size
);
15143 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
15147 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
15148 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], stub_sec
))
15153 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
15154 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
15159 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
15160 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
15162 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
15163 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
15165 /* Offset to stub section. */
15166 val
= (group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
15167 + group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
);
15168 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
15169 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
15170 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
15171 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
15174 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
15175 group
->stub_sec
->name
);
15178 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
15179 p
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + 3) & -4;
15181 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
15183 /* Offset to .glink. */
15184 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
15185 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
15187 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
15188 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
15189 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
15190 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
15193 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
15194 htab
->glink
->name
);
15197 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
15198 p
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
15202 if (htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
!= 0)
15204 htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->contents
15205 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
);
15206 if (htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->contents
== NULL
)
15209 bfd_vma
*relr_addr
= sort_relr (htab
);
15210 if (htab
->relr_count
!= 0 && relr_addr
== NULL
)
15214 bfd_byte
*loc
= htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->contents
;
15215 while (i
< htab
->relr_count
)
15217 bfd_vma base
= relr_addr
[i
];
15218 BFD_ASSERT (base
% 2 == 0);
15219 bfd_put_64 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, base
, loc
);
15222 while (i
< htab
->relr_count
15223 && relr_addr
[i
] == base
)
15225 htab
->stub_error
= true;
15232 while (i
< htab
->relr_count
15233 && relr_addr
[i
] - base
< 63 * 8
15234 && (relr_addr
[i
] - base
) % 8 == 0)
15236 bits
|= (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((relr_addr
[i
] - base
) / 8);
15241 bfd_put_64 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, (bits
<< 1) | 1, loc
);
15247 /* Pad any excess with 1's, a do-nothing encoding. */
15248 while ((size_t) (loc
- htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->contents
)
15249 < htab
->elf
.srelrdyn
->size
)
15251 bfd_put_64 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 1, loc
);
15256 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
15257 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
15259 stub_sec_count
+= 1;
15260 if (stub_sec
->rawsize
!= stub_sec
->size
15261 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
15262 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
))
15267 htab
->stub_error
= true;
15269 if (htab
->stub_error
)
15271 _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size"));
15278 if (asprintf (&groupmsg
,
15279 ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n",
15280 "linker stubs in %u groups\n",
15282 stub_sec_count
) < 0)
15286 if (asprintf (stats
, _("%s"
15288 " long branch %lu\n"
15290 " global entry %lu"),
15292 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch
- 1],
15293 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch
- 1],
15294 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call
- 1],
15295 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1]) < 0)
15303 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
15304 discarded sections. */
15306 static unsigned int
15307 ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
15309 if (strcmp (".opd", sec
->name
) == 0)
15312 if (strcmp (".toc", sec
->name
) == 0)
15315 if (strcmp (".toc1", sec
->name
) == 0)
15318 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
15321 /* These are the dynamic relocations supported by glibc. */
15324 ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
15328 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
15330 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
15331 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
15332 case R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
:
15333 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
15334 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
15335 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
15336 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
15337 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
15338 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15339 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
15340 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
15341 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
15342 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
15343 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
15344 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
15345 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
15346 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
15347 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
15348 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
15349 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
15350 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
15351 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
15352 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
15353 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
15354 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
15355 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
15356 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
15358 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
15359 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
15360 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
15361 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
15362 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
15363 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
15364 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
15365 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
15366 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
15367 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
15368 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
15369 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
15370 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
15371 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
15372 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
15373 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
15381 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
15382 to handle the relocations for a section.
15384 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
15385 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
15388 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
15389 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
15390 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
15393 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
15394 address or the reloc symbol index.
15396 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
15398 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
15399 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
15401 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
15402 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
15404 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
15405 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
15406 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
15407 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
15411 ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
15412 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
15414 asection
*input_section
,
15415 bfd_byte
*contents
,
15416 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
15417 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
15418 asection
**local_sections
)
15420 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
15421 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
15422 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
15423 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
15424 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
15425 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
15426 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
15428 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
;
15432 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
15433 bool is_isa_v2
= true;
15434 bool warned_dynamic
= false;
15435 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
15437 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
15438 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
15441 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
15445 /* Don't relocate stub sections. */
15446 if (input_section
->owner
== htab
->params
->stub_bfd
)
15449 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
15451 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
15455 local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd
);
15456 TOCstart
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
15457 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
15458 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
15459 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
15461 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
15462 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
15463 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
15465 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
15467 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
15468 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
15470 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h_elf
;
15471 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
15472 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
15473 const char *sym_name
;
15474 unsigned long r_symndx
, toc_symndx
;
15475 bfd_vma toc_addend
;
15476 unsigned char tls_mask
, tls_gd
, tls_type
;
15477 unsigned char sym_type
;
15478 bfd_vma relocation
;
15479 bool unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
15481 enum { DEST_NORMAL
, DEST_OPD
, DEST_STUB
} reloc_dest
;
15484 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
15485 bfd_vma max_br_offset
;
15487 Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel
;
15488 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
15489 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
15496 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
15497 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
15499 /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the
15500 symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the
15501 proper TOC base to use. */
15502 if (rel
->r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC
)
15504 && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
15506 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (wrel
[-1].r_info
);
15512 unresolved_reloc
= false;
15515 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
15517 /* It's a local symbol. */
15518 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
15520 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
15521 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
15522 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
15523 sym_type
= ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
15524 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
15525 opd
= get_opd_info (sec
);
15526 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
15528 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
15534 /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym
15535 and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so
15536 that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct.
15537 If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol,
15538 then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */
15539 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
15540 rel
->r_addend
+= adjust
;
15542 relocation
+= adjust
;
15550 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
15551 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
15552 h_elf
, sec
, relocation
,
15553 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
15554 sym_name
= h_elf
->root
.root
.string
;
15555 sym_type
= h_elf
->type
;
15557 && sec
->owner
== output_bfd
15558 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
15560 /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All
15561 such are defined in output sections, even those
15562 defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in
15563 an input section. Transfer the symbol to an
15564 appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to
15565 this symbol will be mapped to the location specified
15566 by the opd entry. */
15567 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
15568 for (lo
= sec
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
15569 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
15571 asection
*isec
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
15572 if (h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
>= isec
->output_offset
15573 && h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
< (isec
->output_offset
15576 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= isec
->output_offset
;
15577 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.section
= isec
;
15584 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h_elf
);
15586 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
15588 _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
],
15589 input_bfd
, input_section
,
15590 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
15591 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15593 wrel
->r_addend
= 0;
15595 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
15596 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
15597 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
15598 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
15599 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
15600 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
15606 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
15609 if (h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
15611 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15612 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
15613 unresolved_reloc
= false;
15616 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
15617 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
15618 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
15619 for the final instruction stream. */
15624 tls_mask
= h
->tls_mask
;
15625 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
15627 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
15628 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
15629 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
15630 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
15631 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
15633 if (((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0 || tls_mask
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
15634 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
15635 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
15636 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
15638 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
15639 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
15641 if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
15642 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15646 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15649 /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls
15650 relocs are used with non-tls syms. */
15651 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
15652 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
15654 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
15655 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
15656 && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
) != (sym_type
== STT_TLS
))
15658 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15659 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
15660 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
15661 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
15662 /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */
15665 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15666 (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
)
15667 /* xgettext:c-format */
15668 ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n")
15669 /* xgettext:c-format */
15670 : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"),
15671 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
15672 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
15676 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
15677 if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
+ 1
15678 || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
!= R_PPC64_TOC16
+ 1
15679 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
15680 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
15681 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
15682 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
15683 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
& 3)
15684 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
& 3)
15685 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
15686 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
15694 case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
:
15695 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
15697 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15698 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15699 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 58u << 26)
15701 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15702 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
15703 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15704 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15705 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15709 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
15710 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
15711 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
15712 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
15714 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
15715 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
15718 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
15719 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
);
15725 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15726 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
15727 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
)
15729 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15730 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
)) == 0)
15735 /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be
15736 doing a GD->IE transition. */
15740 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15741 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15744 else if (retval
== 3)
15746 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15747 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15755 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
15756 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
15757 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15758 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0
15759 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
15761 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15762 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15763 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15764 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15768 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
15769 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15770 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15771 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0
15772 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
15775 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15776 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15778 insn
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */
15779 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
15780 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15781 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15782 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15784 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15785 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15786 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15787 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15791 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15795 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
15796 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15797 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0
15798 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
15800 /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */
15801 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15803 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15804 pinsn
+= ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52)
15805 + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16));
15806 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15807 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15808 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15809 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15810 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15811 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15816 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15817 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0
15818 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
15820 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15821 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 13);
15824 if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 0)
15826 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15827 /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
15828 PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
15829 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
15830 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15831 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15833 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15834 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15835 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15836 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15840 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15842 else if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 1)
15844 /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full
15845 offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop
15847 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14 << 26)
15849 /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */
15850 unsigned int rt
= (insn
>> 21) & 0x1f;
15851 unsigned int ra
= (insn
>> 16) & 0x1f;
15856 /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */
15857 insn
= (rt
<< 16) | (ra
<< 21) | (ra
<< 11);
15858 insn
|= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1);
15861 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- 1);
15866 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15867 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15869 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15870 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
15874 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15875 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15876 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15877 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
15880 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15881 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
15882 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15885 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15886 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15887 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15889 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15893 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15894 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15896 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15897 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
15901 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15902 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15903 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15904 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
15906 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15909 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
15910 /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark
15911 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
15912 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
15913 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
15914 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
15915 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
15916 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15917 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
15918 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
15920 htab
->tls_get_addr
,
15922 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
15923 /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we
15924 need to keep the destination reg. It may be
15925 something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3
15926 before the call by intervening code. */
15927 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15928 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15929 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15932 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
15933 insn1
|= 58u << 26; /* ld */
15934 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15935 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15936 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15937 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16
15938 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
)
15939 r_type
+= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
- R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15941 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 1)) & 1)
15942 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15943 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15948 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
15949 insn1
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */
15950 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15953 /* Was an LD reloc. */
15954 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15955 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15957 else if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15959 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15960 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15962 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15963 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15964 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15966 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
,
15967 R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
);
15968 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15969 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15972 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
15973 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15974 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
15975 && offset_in_range (input_section
, offset
, 4))
15977 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15978 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, offset
+ 4, 4))
15980 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15981 if (insn2
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15982 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15985 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) == 0
15986 && (tls_gd
== 0 || toc_symndx
!= 0))
15988 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order
15989 to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15995 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
15996 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15997 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
15999 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16001 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16002 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
16004 /* IE, pla -> pld */
16005 pinsn
+= (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26);
16006 r_type
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
;
16010 /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */
16011 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
16012 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
16014 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16015 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
16016 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16017 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
16018 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16022 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
16023 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
16024 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
16026 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16028 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16029 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
16030 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
16031 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16032 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
16033 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16034 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16035 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
16036 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
16037 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16042 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
16043 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
16044 && rel
+ 1 < relend
16045 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16046 is_8byte_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
))
16049 unsigned int insn2
;
16050 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
16052 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
16053 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
16055 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
16056 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
16057 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
16058 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16059 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
16063 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
16064 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16066 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
16069 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
16070 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
16075 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
16077 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
16078 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
16080 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16081 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
16082 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
16084 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
16089 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
16090 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
16091 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
16094 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16095 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
16096 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
16097 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
16098 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
16099 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) == 0
16101 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
16106 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
16107 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
16108 && rel
+ 1 < relend
16109 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16110 is_8byte_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
))
16113 unsigned int insn2
;
16114 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
16116 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
16117 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
16119 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
16120 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
16121 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
16122 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16123 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
16127 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
16128 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16130 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16131 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
16132 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
16134 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
16139 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
16140 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
16141 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
16142 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16143 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
16145 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16146 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
16147 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
16148 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
16149 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
16150 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
16155 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
16156 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
16157 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
16158 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
16160 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
16161 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
16163 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
16164 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
16165 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
16168 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16169 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
16171 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16176 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
16177 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
16179 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16180 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
16181 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16186 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
16187 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
16189 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
16190 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16194 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
16195 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16196 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
16197 && !info
->traditional_format
16198 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff
16199 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
16201 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
16203 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16204 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16205 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
16206 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
16208 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
16209 LIS_R2
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
16210 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16211 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
16212 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
16213 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16218 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
16219 + input_section
->output_offset
16220 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
16221 if (relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff
16222 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
16224 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
16226 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16227 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16228 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
16229 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
16231 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
16232 ADDIS_R2_R12
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
16233 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16234 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
16235 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
16236 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16242 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16243 /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit
16244 . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha
16245 . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l
16246 used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to
16249 if .TOC. is in range. */
16250 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
16251 && !info
->traditional_format
16253 && rel
->r_addend
== d_offset
16254 && h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
16255 && rel
+ 1 < relend
16256 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
)
16257 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
16258 && rel
[1].r_addend
== rel
->r_addend
+ 4
16259 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff
16260 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 8))
16262 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
16263 offset
= rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
16264 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
16265 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16266 if ((insn1
& 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12
16267 && (insn2
& 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2
)
16269 r_type
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
16270 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16271 rel
->r_addend
-= d_offset
;
16272 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
);
16273 rel
[1].r_addend
-= d_offset
+ 4;
16274 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, LIS_R2
, contents
+ offset
);
16280 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
16282 max_br_offset
= 1 << 25;
16283 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
16284 reloc_dest
= DEST_NORMAL
;
16290 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
16291 if (relocation
+ addend
== (rel
->r_offset
16292 + input_section
->output_offset
16293 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
)
16294 && tocsave_find (htab
, NO_INSERT
,
16295 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
)
16296 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
16298 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16300 || insn
== CROR_151515
|| insn
== CROR_313131
)
16301 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
16302 STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
16303 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16307 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
16308 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
16309 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
16310 insn
= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
16311 /* Fall through. */
16313 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
16314 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
16315 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
16316 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
16318 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
16319 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
) & ~(0x01 << 21);
16320 /* Fall through. */
16322 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
16323 max_br_offset
= 1 << 15;
16324 /* Fall through. */
16326 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
16327 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
16328 case R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
:
16329 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16330 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16331 /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to
16332 shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is
16333 done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these
16334 linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop
16335 will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC
16340 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
16341 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
16342 stub_entry
= ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section
, sec
, fdh
, &orig_rel
,
16344 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
16345 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
16346 && stub_entry
!= NULL
16347 && stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
16350 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
16351 && (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
16352 || stub_entry
->type
.r2save
))
16354 bool can_plt_call
= false;
16356 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16357 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
)
16359 /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */
16360 can_plt_call
= true;
16362 else if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
16364 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
16366 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h
->elf
))
16368 /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */
16369 can_plt_call
= true;
16372 /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a
16373 branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is
16374 replaced by an insn to restore r2. */
16375 else if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
16379 br
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
16380 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16385 nop
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
16386 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16387 if (nop
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
16388 can_plt_call
= true;
16389 else if (nop
== NOP
16390 || nop
== CROR_151515
16391 || nop
== CROR_313131
)
16394 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
16395 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
16397 /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */
16400 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
16401 LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
16402 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
16403 can_plt_call
= true;
16408 if (!can_plt_call
&& h
!= NULL
)
16410 const char *name
= h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
;
16415 if (startswith (name
, "__libc_start_main")
16416 && (name
[17] == 0 || name
[17] == '@'))
16418 /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting
16419 stub. Other calls that never return could do
16420 the same, if we could detect such. */
16421 can_plt_call
= true;
16427 /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a
16428 following nop. This is arguably wrong since we
16429 have conflicting information. On the one hand a
16430 global symbol and on the other a local call
16431 sequence, but don't error for this special case.
16432 It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have
16433 exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same
16435 asection
*code_sec
= sec
;
16437 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
16439 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
16440 - sec
->output_section
->vma
16441 - sec
->output_offset
);
16443 opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, &code_sec
, NULL
, false);
16445 if (code_sec
== input_section
)
16446 can_plt_call
= true;
16451 if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
16452 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16453 /* xgettext:c-format */
16454 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
16455 "(plt call stub)\n"),
16456 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
16458 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16459 /* xgettext:c-format */
16460 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
16461 "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"),
16462 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
16464 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16469 && stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
16470 unresolved_reloc
= false;
16473 if ((stub_entry
== NULL
16474 || stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_long_branch
16475 || stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
16476 && get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
16478 /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */
16479 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
16480 - sec
->output_section
->vma
16481 - sec
->output_offset
);
16482 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, NULL
, NULL
, false);
16483 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
16487 reloc_dest
= DEST_OPD
;
16491 /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long
16493 from
= (rel
->r_offset
16494 + input_section
->output_offset
16495 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
16497 relocation
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh
16501 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
16502 && (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_long_branch
16503 || stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
))
16505 if (stub_entry
->type
.sub
== ppc_stub_toc
16506 && !stub_entry
->type
.r2save
16507 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
16508 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
16509 || (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
16510 < 2 * max_br_offset
)))
16511 /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */
16514 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
16515 && stub_entry
->type
.sub
>= ppc_stub_notoc
16516 && ((r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16517 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
)
16518 || ((fdh
? fdh
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
16519 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)
16520 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
16521 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
16524 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
16525 && stub_entry
->type
.r2save
16526 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16527 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
)
16528 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
16529 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
16533 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
16535 /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
16536 rather than the procedure directly. */
16537 asection
*stub_sec
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
16539 if (stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
16540 relocation
+= (stub_sec
->output_offset
16541 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
16542 + stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
16543 - htab
->sfpr
->output_offset
16544 - htab
->sfpr
->output_section
->vma
);
16546 relocation
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
16547 + stub_sec
->output_offset
16548 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
16550 reloc_dest
= DEST_STUB
;
16552 if (((stub_entry
->type
.r2save
16553 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16554 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
))
16555 || ((stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
16556 && (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
|| stub_entry
->type
.r2save
))
16557 && rel
+ 1 < relend
16558 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
16559 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
16560 && !(stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
16561 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
16563 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)))
16565 /* Skip over the r2 store at the start of the stub. */
16569 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16570 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
)
16571 && stub_entry
->type
.main
== ppc_stub_plt_call
16572 && stub_entry
->type
.sub
>= ppc_stub_notoc
)
16573 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16580 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
16581 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
16582 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
16583 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
16584 insn
|= 0x02 << 21;
16585 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
16586 insn
|= 0x08 << 21;
16592 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
16593 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ addend
- from
) < 0)
16594 insn
^= 0x01 << 21;
16597 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16600 /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions.
16601 We can thus call a weak function without first
16602 checking whether the function is defined. */
16604 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16605 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16606 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
16607 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
16608 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
)
16611 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
16613 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
16618 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16619 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
16620 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16621 && sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
16622 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
16624 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16625 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16627 && sec
->output_section
!= NULL
16628 && !discarded_section (sec
)
16629 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16630 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
16632 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16633 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
16635 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
16636 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16637 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
16638 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16643 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16644 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16645 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
16646 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16647 && sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
16648 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
16650 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16651 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
16653 && sec
->output_section
!= NULL
16654 && !discarded_section (sec
)
16655 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16656 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
16658 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16659 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
16660 && (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
16662 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
16663 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
16664 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
16665 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16667 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
16668 && (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */)
16670 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
16671 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16676 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16677 if ((h
? h
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
16678 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16679 && sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
16680 || !htab
->do_toc_opt
)
16682 from
= (rel
->r_offset
16683 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
16684 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16685 if (!(relocation
- from
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34
16687 && sec
->output_section
!= NULL
16688 && !discarded_section (sec
)
16689 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16690 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8)))
16693 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
16694 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
16696 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16697 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
16698 != ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */))
16701 /* Replace with paddi. */
16702 pinsn
+= (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26);
16703 r_type
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
16704 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
16705 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ offset
);
16706 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16707 /* Fall through. */
16709 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16710 if (!htab
->params
->no_pcrel_opt
16711 && rel
+ 1 < relend
16712 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
16713 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
)
16714 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16715 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
16717 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
16718 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
16720 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16721 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
16722 == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
16723 | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */))
16725 bfd_vma off2
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
16727 /* zero means next insn. */
16730 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, off2
, 4))
16733 bfd_signed_vma addend_off
;
16734 pinsn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ off2
);
16736 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16738 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, off2
, 8))
16740 pinsn2
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
16741 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16743 if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn
, &pinsn2
, &addend_off
))
16745 addend
+= addend_off
;
16746 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
16747 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
16748 contents
+ offset
);
16749 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
,
16750 contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16751 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
>> 32,
16753 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16754 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
,
16755 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16764 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
16768 /* xgettext:c-format */
16769 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
16770 input_bfd
, ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
16772 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16778 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
16779 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
16780 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
16781 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
16782 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
16783 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
16784 case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
:
16787 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
16788 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
16789 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
16790 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
16791 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
16792 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16793 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16794 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16795 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
16796 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
16799 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
16800 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16801 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16802 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16803 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
16804 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
16807 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16808 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16809 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16810 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16811 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
16812 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
16815 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16816 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16817 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16818 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16819 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
16820 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
16823 case R_PPC64_GOT16
:
16824 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16825 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16826 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16827 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16828 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16829 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16832 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
16837 unsigned long indx
= 0;
16838 struct got_entry
*ent
;
16840 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
16841 && (h
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)))
16842 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd
);
16847 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16848 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16849 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16850 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16851 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
16852 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
16853 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
16854 because of a version file. */
16858 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16859 unresolved_reloc
= false;
16861 ent
= h
->elf
.got
.glist
;
16865 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
16867 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
16870 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16871 if (ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
16872 && ent
->owner
== input_bfd
16873 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
16879 if (ent
->is_indirect
)
16880 ent
= ent
->got
.ent
;
16881 offp
= &ent
->got
.offset
;
16882 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->got
;
16886 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the
16887 least significant bit to record whether we have already
16888 processed this entry. */
16890 if ((off
& 1) != 0)
16894 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in
16895 the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per
16903 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16904 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
16907 relgot
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16908 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16909 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= true;
16912 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16914 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16916 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
16918 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
,
16921 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->elf
.root
)
16922 : sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)))
16924 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->relgot
;
16925 if (relgot
!= NULL
)
16927 outrel
.r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
16928 + got
->output_offset
16930 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16931 if (tls_type
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
16933 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16934 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
);
16935 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
16937 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16938 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16939 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16940 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
16942 outrel
.r_offset
+= 8;
16943 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16945 = ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16948 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
16949 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16950 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
16951 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_TPREL64
);
16952 else if (indx
!= 0)
16953 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
);
16957 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16959 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16961 /* Write the .got section contents for the sake
16963 loc
= got
->contents
+ off
;
16964 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, outrel
.r_addend
+ relocation
,
16968 if (indx
== 0 && tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
16970 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16971 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
16973 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16974 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16976 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
16979 if (!(info
->enable_dt_relr
16980 && ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
) == R_PPC64_RELATIVE
))
16982 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16983 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16984 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16985 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16989 /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not
16990 emitting a reloc. */
16993 relocation
+= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16996 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
17000 if (tls_type
& TLS_LD
)
17003 relocation
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
17004 if (tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
)
17005 relocation
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
17008 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
))
17010 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
17011 got
->contents
+ off
+ 8);
17015 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
17016 got
->contents
+ off
);
17020 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
17023 relocation
= got
->output_section
->vma
+ got
->output_offset
+ off
;
17025 if (!(r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
17026 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
17027 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
17028 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
17029 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
))
17030 addend
= -(TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
17034 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
17035 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
17036 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
17037 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
17038 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17039 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17040 case R_PPC64_PLT32
:
17041 case R_PPC64_PLT64
:
17042 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
17043 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
17044 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
17045 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
17046 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
17047 procedure linkage table. */
17048 unresolved_reloc
= true;
17050 struct plt_entry
**plt_list
= NULL
;
17052 plt_list
= &h
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
17053 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
17055 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
17056 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
17057 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
17061 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
17063 for (ent
= *plt_list
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
17064 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
17065 && ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
)
17070 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
17071 if (use_local_plt (info
, elf_hash_entry (h
)))
17074 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
17075 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
17076 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
17078 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
17080 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
17081 + plt
->output_offset
17082 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
17083 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
17084 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
17085 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
17086 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
)
17088 got
= (elf_gp (output_bfd
)
17089 + htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
17093 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17101 /* Relocation value is TOC base. */
17102 relocation
= TOCstart
;
17103 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
17104 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
17105 else if (unresolved_reloc
)
17107 else if (sec
!= NULL
&& sec
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
17108 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[sec
->id
].toc_off
;
17110 unresolved_reloc
= true;
17111 if (unresolved_reloc
17114 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)))
17115 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17116 /* xgettext:c-format */
17117 (_("%H: %s against %pT is not supported\n"),
17118 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17119 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
17122 /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base,
17123 which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000.
17124 The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt,
17126 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
17127 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
17128 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
17129 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
17130 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
17131 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
17132 addend
-= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
17137 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
17138 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
17139 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
17140 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
17141 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
17142 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
17143 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
17145 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
17148 case R_PPC64_REL16
:
17149 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
17150 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
17151 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
17152 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
17153 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
17154 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
17155 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
17156 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
17157 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
17158 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
17159 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
17160 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
17161 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
17162 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17163 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
17164 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
17165 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
17166 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
17167 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
17168 case R_PPC64_REL24_P9NOTOC
:
17169 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
17170 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
17173 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
17174 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
17175 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
17176 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
17177 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
17178 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17179 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
17180 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
17181 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
17182 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
17183 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
17184 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
17186 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
17187 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
17188 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
, 4))
17190 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
17191 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
17192 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
17193 defined before using them. */
17194 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
17196 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
17197 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 13);
17199 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
17202 /* Fall through. */
17204 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
17205 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
17206 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
17207 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
17208 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
17209 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
17212 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
17213 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
17214 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
17215 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
17216 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
17217 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17218 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
17219 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
17220 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
17221 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
17222 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
17223 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
17224 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
17225 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
17226 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
17229 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
17230 addend
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
!= NULL
17235 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
17240 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
17241 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
17242 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
17245 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
17246 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
17247 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
17248 /* Fall through. */
17250 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a
17252 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
17253 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
17254 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
17255 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
17256 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
17257 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
17258 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
17259 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
17260 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
17261 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
17262 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
17263 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
17264 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
17265 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
17266 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
17267 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
17268 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
17269 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
17270 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
17271 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
17272 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
17273 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
17274 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
17275 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
17276 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
17277 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
17278 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
17279 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
17281 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
17282 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
17283 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17286 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
17289 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
17292 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
17294 || h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
17295 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
17296 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
17298 ? h
->elf
.dyn_relocs
!= NULL
17299 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
17301 bool skip
, relocate
;
17306 /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations
17307 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
17313 out_off
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
17314 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
17315 if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
17317 else if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
17318 skip
= true, relocate
= true;
17319 out_off
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
17320 + input_section
->output_offset
);
17321 outrel
.r_offset
= out_off
;
17322 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
17324 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
17325 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) != 0)
17326 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) == 0))
17327 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR64
^ R_PPC64_UADDR64
;
17328 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) != 0)
17329 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) == 0))
17330 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR32
^ R_PPC64_UADDR32
;
17331 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) != 0)
17332 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) == 0))
17333 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR16
^ R_PPC64_UADDR16
;
17336 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
17338 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
17340 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC
)
17342 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
17343 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
17344 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
17348 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local,
17349 or this is an opd section reloc which must point
17350 at a local function. */
17351 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
17352 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
17354 if (is_opd
&& h
!= NULL
)
17356 /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs
17357 when building shared libraries and we
17358 reference a function in another shared
17359 lib. The same thing happens for a weak
17360 definition in an application that's
17361 overridden by a strong definition in a
17362 shared lib. (I believe this is a generic
17363 bug in binutils handling of weak syms.)
17364 In these cases we won't use the opd
17365 entry in this lib. */
17366 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17369 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
17371 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
17372 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
17373 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
17376 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
17378 /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so.
17379 Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules
17380 for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have
17381 *r_offset equal to r_addend. */
17388 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
17389 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
17391 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17392 /* xgettext:c-format */
17393 (_("%H: %s for indirect "
17394 "function `%pT' unsupported\n"),
17395 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17396 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
17400 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
17402 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
17404 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
17409 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
17411 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
17413 /* TLS symbol values are relative to the
17414 TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for
17415 local TLS symbols therefore can't be
17416 reduced to a relocation against their
17417 section symbol because it holds the
17418 address of the section, not a value
17419 relative to the TLS segment. We could
17420 change the .tdata dynamic section symbol
17421 to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works
17422 and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64
17423 GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */
17424 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
17429 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
17432 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
17433 && htab
->elf
.data_index_section
!= NULL
)
17434 osec
= htab
->elf
.data_index_section
;
17436 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
17437 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
17439 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
17442 /* We are turning this relocation into one
17443 against a section symbol, so subtract out
17444 the output section's address but not the
17445 offset of the input section in the output
17447 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
17450 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
17454 if (!(info
->enable_dt_relr
17455 && ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
) == R_PPC64_RELATIVE
17456 && rel
->r_offset
% 2 == 0
17457 && input_section
->alignment_power
!= 0
17458 && ELF64_R_TYPE (orig_rel
.r_info
) != R_PPC64_UADDR64
))
17460 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
17462 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
17463 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
17465 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
17466 if (indx
== 0 || is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
17467 htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
= true;
17469 if (sreloc
== NULL
)
17472 if (sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)
17475 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
17476 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
17477 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
17480 if (!warned_dynamic
17481 && !ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)))
17483 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17484 /* xgettext:c-format */
17485 (_("%X%P: %pB: %s against %pT "
17486 "is not supported by glibc as a dynamic relocation\n"),
17488 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)]->name
,
17490 warned_dynamic
= true;
17493 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will
17494 be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do
17495 anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure
17496 that the section contents are a known value. */
17499 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17500 /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so
17501 ignores section contents except for the special
17502 case of .opd where the contents might be accessed
17503 before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't
17504 cause reloc overflow. */
17507 /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs
17508 to improve backward compatibility with older
17510 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
17511 addend
= outrel
.r_addend
;
17512 /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */
17513 else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->pc_relative
)
17514 addend
= outrel
.r_offset
;
17520 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
17521 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
17522 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
17523 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
17524 /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable
17526 /* Fall through. */
17528 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
:
17529 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
17530 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
17531 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
:
17532 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
:
17533 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
17534 case R_PPC64_PLTREL32
:
17535 case R_PPC64_PLTREL64
:
17536 /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */
17538 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17539 /* xgettext:c-format */
17540 (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"),
17542 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
17544 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
17549 /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be
17550 optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x;
17551 to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */
17557 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
17558 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
17559 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
17560 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
17561 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
17562 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
17563 /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an
17564 offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed
17565 addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize.
17566 Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an
17567 offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that
17568 we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low
17572 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
17573 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
17574 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
17575 /* Fall through. */
17576 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
17577 if (unresolved_reloc
17578 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17579 r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
? 8 : 4))
17581 /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */
17582 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
17583 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
17585 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B_DOT
| insn
, p
);
17586 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
17587 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
+ 4);
17588 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
17589 r_type
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
17593 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
17594 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
17595 if (unresolved_reloc
)
17597 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17602 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17603 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
17604 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
17605 /* Fall through. */
17606 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17607 if (unresolved_reloc
17608 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
17610 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
17611 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
>> 32, p
);
17612 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
, p
+ 4);
17613 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17618 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
17619 if (unresolved_reloc
)
17621 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17624 /* Fall through. */
17625 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
17626 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
17627 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
17628 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
17629 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
17630 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
17631 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
17632 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
17633 && !(bfd_link_pic (info
)
17635 ? bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->elf
.root
)
17636 : sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)))
17640 if (offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
17642 p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
17643 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
17649 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
17650 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
17651 if (unresolved_reloc
)
17653 unresolved_reloc
= false;
17656 /* Fall through. */
17657 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
17658 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
17659 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17660 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17661 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
17662 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
17663 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
17664 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
17665 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
17666 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
17667 && !(bfd_link_pic (info
)
17669 ? bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h
->elf
.root
)
17670 : sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
17671 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
17673 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
17674 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
17675 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */)
17677 /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */
17678 insn
&= ~((0x3fu
<< 26) | (0x1f << 16));
17679 insn
|= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16);
17683 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
17686 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
17690 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
17691 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
17692 && relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
17693 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
17695 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
17696 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
17701 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
17702 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17703 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
17704 && relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
17705 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
17707 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
17708 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
17709 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
17711 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
17716 /* Do any further special processing. */
17722 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
17723 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
17724 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
17725 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
17726 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17727 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
17728 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
17729 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
17730 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
17731 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
17732 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
17733 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
17734 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
17735 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
17736 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
17737 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
17738 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
17739 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
17740 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
17741 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
17742 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
17743 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
17744 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
17747 /* Fall through. */
17749 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
17750 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
17751 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
17752 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
17753 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
17754 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
17755 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
17756 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
17757 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
17761 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17762 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
17763 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
17764 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
17765 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
17767 addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
17770 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
17771 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
17772 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
17773 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
17774 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
17775 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
17776 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
17777 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
17778 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
17779 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
17780 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
17781 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
17782 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17783 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
17784 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17785 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
17786 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17787 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
17788 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17789 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
17791 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17793 /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then
17794 the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of
17795 a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ
17796 forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in
17797 this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these
17798 relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */
17799 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (56u << 26)
17800 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn
& 3) == 1))
17802 relocation
+= addend
;
17803 addend
= insn
& (mask
^ 3);
17804 if ((relocation
& mask
) != 0)
17806 relocation
^= relocation
& mask
;
17807 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17808 /* xgettext:c-format */
17809 (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"),
17810 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17811 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
17813 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
17820 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
17821 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
17822 not process them. */
17823 howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) r_type
];
17824 if (unresolved_reloc
17825 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
17826 && h
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
17827 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
17828 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
17830 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17831 /* xgettext:c-format */
17832 (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"),
17833 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17835 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
17839 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
17840 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
17841 have different reloc types. */
17842 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
17843 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
17844 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
17845 && offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
17847 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
17849 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17850 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
17851 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
17852 else if (howto
->rightshift
== 0
17853 ? ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
17854 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
17855 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
17856 : ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */
17857 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */
17858 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */))
17859 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
17860 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
17862 alt_howto
= *howto
;
17863 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
17864 howto
= &alt_howto
;
17870 /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
17872 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
17873 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
17874 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17875 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
17876 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
17877 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
17878 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
17879 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD_PCREL34
:
17880 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD_PCREL34
:
17881 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL_PCREL34
:
17882 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL_PCREL34
:
17883 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17884 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17886 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
17887 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 8))
17888 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17891 relocation
+= addend
;
17892 if (howto
->pc_relative
)
17893 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17894 + input_section
->output_offset
17895 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17896 relocation
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
17898 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17900 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17902 pinsn
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
17903 pinsn
|= (((relocation
<< 16) | (relocation
& 0xffff))
17904 & howto
->dst_mask
);
17905 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17906 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17908 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
17909 && (relocation
+ (1ULL << (howto
->bitsize
- 1))
17910 >= 1ULL << howto
->bitsize
))
17911 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17915 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17916 if (!offset_in_range (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, 4))
17917 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17920 relocation
+= addend
;
17921 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17922 + input_section
->output_offset
17923 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17924 relocation
= (bfd_signed_vma
) relocation
>> 16;
17925 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17927 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
17928 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17930 if (relocation
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
17931 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17936 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17937 contents
, rel
->r_offset
,
17938 relocation
, addend
);
17941 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
17943 char *more_info
= NULL
;
17944 const char *reloc_name
= howto
->name
;
17946 if (reloc_dest
!= DEST_NORMAL
)
17948 more_info
= bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name
) + 8);
17949 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
17951 strcpy (more_info
, reloc_name
);
17952 strcat (more_info
, (reloc_dest
== DEST_OPD
17953 ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)"));
17954 reloc_name
= more_info
;
17958 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
17960 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
17961 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
17963 && (reloc_dest
== DEST_STUB
17965 && (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
17966 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
17967 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))))
17968 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
17969 (info
, (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
, sym_name
,
17970 reloc_name
, orig_rel
.r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17975 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17976 /* xgettext:c-format */
17977 (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"),
17978 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17979 reloc_name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
17991 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
17992 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
17994 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
17995 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17996 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
17998 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
18000 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
18001 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
18004 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
18005 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
18006 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
18009 /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function
18010 returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be
18011 adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output
18012 file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for
18013 opd_entry_value. */
18014 if (is_opd
&& (info
->emitrelocations
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
)))
18017 amt
= input_section
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
18018 rel
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
18019 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
== NULL
);
18020 ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
= rel
;
18023 memcpy (rel
, relocs
, amt
);
18028 /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */
18031 ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
18032 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
18033 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
18034 asection
*input_sec
,
18035 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
18037 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
18044 opd
= get_opd_info (input_sec
);
18045 if (opd
== NULL
|| opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
18048 value
= elfsym
->st_value
- input_sec
->output_offset
;
18049 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
18050 value
-= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
18052 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (value
)];
18056 elfsym
->st_value
+= adjust
;
18060 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
18061 dynamic sections here. */
18064 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
18065 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
18066 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
18067 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
18069 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
18070 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
18072 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
18076 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !h
->def_regular
)
18077 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
18078 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
18080 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
18081 defined in glink. Leave the value if there were
18082 any relocations where pointer equality matters
18083 (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make
18084 function pointer comparisons work between an
18085 application and shared library), otherwise set it
18087 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
18088 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
18090 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
18092 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
18093 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
18094 function pointer. */
18101 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
18102 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
18103 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
18104 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
))
18106 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
18107 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
18111 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
18114 rela
.r_offset
= defined_sym_val (h
);
18115 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_COPY
);
18117 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
18118 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
18120 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
18121 loc
= srel
->contents
;
18122 loc
+= srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
18123 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
18129 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
18130 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
18132 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
18133 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
18134 const asection
*rel_sec
,
18135 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
18137 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
18138 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
18140 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
18141 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
18143 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
);
18146 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
18147 return reloc_class_relative
;
18148 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
18149 return reloc_class_plt
;
18151 return reloc_class_copy
;
18153 return reloc_class_normal
;
18157 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
18160 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
18161 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
18163 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
18167 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
18171 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
18172 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
18174 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
18176 Elf64_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
18178 if (sdyn
== NULL
|| htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
18181 dyncon
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
18182 dynconend
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
18183 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
18185 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
18188 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
18195 case DT_PPC64_GLINK
:
18197 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
18198 /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start
18199 of glink rather than the first entry point, which is
18200 what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to
18201 support automatic multiple TOCs. */
18202 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) - 8 * 4;
18206 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
18209 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
18213 if ((htab
->do_multi_toc
&& htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
18214 || htab
->notoc_plt
)
18215 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC
;
18216 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
18217 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY
;
18220 case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
:
18221 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
18224 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
18228 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
18229 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
18233 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
18234 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
18238 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
18242 if (htab
->elf
.ifunc_resolvers
)
18243 info
->callbacks
->einfo
18244 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
18245 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
18249 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
18253 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
!= 0
18254 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
18256 /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
18257 We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */
18258 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
,
18259 elf_gp (output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
,
18260 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
);
18262 /* Set .got entry size. */
18263 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
18267 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
18268 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
18270 /* Set .plt entry size. */
18271 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
18272 = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
18275 /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for
18276 brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */
18277 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
18278 && htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
!= 0
18279 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
18281 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->rela
.hdr
,
18282 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->relocs
,
18286 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
18287 && htab
->glink
->reloc_count
!= 0
18288 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
18290 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->rela
.hdr
,
18291 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->relocs
,
18296 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
18297 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0
18298 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
18299 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
18300 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
18301 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
18304 /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves,
18305 since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first
18307 while ((dynobj
= dynobj
->link
.next
) != NULL
)
18311 if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj
))
18314 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->got
;
18317 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
18318 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
18319 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
18322 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->relgot
;
18325 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
18326 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
18327 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
18335 #include "elf64-target.h"
18337 /* FreeBSD support */
18339 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
18340 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_le_vec
18341 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
18342 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle-freebsd"
18344 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
18345 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec
18346 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
18347 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd"
18350 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
18353 #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed
18355 #include "elf64-target.h"